代词it的用法 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)（共18篇）-九游会网址j9

下面就是小编给大家带来的代词it的用法 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)，希望大家喜欢，可以帮助到有需要的朋友!感谢网友“现行标准”向本站投稿了18篇与“代词it的用法 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)”相关的素材。

篇1：代词it的用法 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

代词it的用法

一．it的用法

用 法 例 证

1. 用作代词，为人称代词；第三人称单数，主格与宾格 there is a map on the wall. it is a map of china. 墙上有张地图，它是一张中国地图。(it指代上文提到的a map，在句中作主语)

our monitor suggested that we go outing on sunday. no one was against it. 班长建议我们星期天去郊游，没人反对。 (it指代上句这件事，作介词的宾语)

2．作无人称代词，除了句中找不到它所代表的词语外，另一个特点是它后面的内容都是表天气，时间，度量及情况等。 “what time is it?” “it's twelve o'clock.” “现在几点了?”“十二点钟。”(指代时间)

it was quiet at that moment. 当时非常安静。(指代情况)

3．作先行代词。it作先行代词时，本身没有具体意义，而只是帮助把真正的主语或宾语移到句子的后面去，it的作用是代替它后面起主语或宾语作用的不定式，动名词或从句。 it is very important for us to study english. 学英语对我们来说非常重要。(it指代后面的动词不定式。)

it's doubtful whether he will be able to come. 他能否来还很难说。(it代替后面的whether从句)

it's no use crying over the spilt milk. 牛奶倾覆，哭之无益。(覆水难收)(it指代后面的动名词。)

i owe it to you that i can achieve so much. 我能取得这些成绩都归功于你。(it指代后面的that从句)

4．用于强调句型中，it是引词，本身无词义。lt is/was 被强调部分 that/who 其它成分这一句型可强调主语，宾语或状语。 it was about 600 years ago that the first clock with a face and an hour hand was made. 大约是在6前，造了第一只有钟面与时针的钟。

5．用于一些固定词组中，接在某些由名词变来的动词后，无实际意义。口语中用作某些动词或介词的含糊宾语，无意义。 put it on. 夸大其词，吹牛。

watch it. 注意。

go it while you are young. 趁你年轻努力干吧。

i had a good time of it. 我玩得很高兴。

depend upon it, she will soon recover. 不错(毫无疑问)，她很快会复原。

as ill luck will have it. 偏偏不巧。

you'll catch it! 你可小心点儿!(警告用语)

you are in for it. 这下你可得干到底了(或这下你可要倒霉了。)

6. 用作代词。意为“的确是

那东西，更重要的(必要的)东西，理想，极致，最顶尖的人”，俚语中指“重要人物，讨厌，自负的人”。 that's it. 就这样了。/真是这样。

in a lilac sun bonnet she was it. 她戴着一顶紫色遮阳帽，瀑亮极了。

for barefaced lying you are really it. 以无耻造谣而论，你真算得上天下第一。

stop acting as though you were it. 不要夜郎自大。

he is a perfect it. 他太讨厌了。

we'll foot it. 我们将步行去。

we'll taxi it. 我们将坐出租车去。

she queens it. 她玩着女皇派头。

二．it作人称代词

用 法 例 证

1．代替前面(或后面)的单数名词或分句等所表示的事物。

where is my school-bag? it's on the desk. 我的书包在哪里?它在课桌上。(it指代前面的物school-bag)

tom's mother kept telling him that he should work harder, but it didn't work. 汤姆的母亲不断地告诉他要好好努力，但这根本没用。(it指代

前面要他努力这样)

although we cannot see it, there is air all around us. 虽然我们看不见空气，但它在我们的周围。(it指代后面的air。在主从复合句中，it通常位于从句中，而它所指代的名词通常位于主句中。)

it would be wonderful if you could come to help us. 如果你来帮助我们，那就太好了。(it指将会发生的事情，代替if引导的从句)

2．代替有生命的但不能或不必分阴阳的东西。(包括某些集合名词，个体名词) our class is a big one. we all love it very much. 我们班是个大班，我们都热爱它。(it指代前面的集体名词class)

the baby cried because it was hungry. 婴儿因为饿而哭了。(it指代前面的个体名词baby)

三．it作无人称代词

用 法 例 证

1．指时间 it's twelve o'clock now and it's time for lunch. 现在十二点了，该吃午饭了。

“what day is it?” “it's thursday.” “今天星期几？”“星期四。”

it has been ten years since i left taiwan. 我离开台湾已经十年了。

2．指距离 “how far is it to the school?” “it's about one mile.” “到学校有多远?”“大约一英里。”

it half an hour's walk to the factory. 到工厂需走半个小时的路程。

3．指自然现象 it is getting hotter and hotter. 天越来越热了。

it is going to rain. 天要下雨了。

it's cloudy today. 今天多云。

4．指度量 it's 10 kilegrams in weight. 重量为十公斤。

it is twenty square metres of area. 面积为20平方米。

5．指环境情况 it's dark in the room. 房间里很黑。

it was very quiet at the moment. 这时候很安静。

it's quite close in the room. let's open the window. 房间里相当闷，把窗子打开吧。

四．it作先行代词

用 法 例 证

1．it作形式主语，指代不定式，动名词或从句。 in fact it is a hard job for the police to keep order in an important football match. 事实上，在重大足球比赛中，警察们维护秩序是一件难事。(it代替动词不定式短语for the police to keep...)

it took them two years to finish the building. 他们花了两年时间建成了这座大楼。(it代替动词不定式短语to finish...)

it's no use reading without understanding. 读书不求甚解是无用的。(it代替后面动名词reading...)

it's no good talking up the matter now. 现在提起那个问题也没用。(it代替后面的动名词talking...)

it is a pity that you didn't come yesterday. 你昨天没有来，真可惜。(it代替从句that...)

it needs further discussion whether we'll build a new library or not. 我们是否要建一个新的图书馆还需进一步讨论。(it代替从句whether...)

2．it作形式宾语指代不定式，动名词或从句。 i found it difficult to hear what she said. 我发现要听见她说的话很困难。(it代替不定式to hear...)

marx found it important to study the situation in russia. 马克思发现研究俄国的形势很重要。(it代替不定式to study...)

she thought it no use telling him about that. 她觉得把那件事告诉他没有用。(it代替动名词telling...)

we consider it good reading aloud in the morning. 我们认为早晨大声朗读是有好处的。(it代替动名词短语reading...)

they think it necessary that we go there at once. 他们认为我们有必要立即赶到那里。(it代替从句that...)

小结：

在句型中充当形式宾语的情况有三种：

1．谓语动词appreciate，dislike，hate，like，love，make(按时到达，成功)等后接有if或when等引导的宾语从句时，往往在从句前加上形式宾语it。 i would appreciate it if you could come to my birthday party. 如果你能来参加我的生日晚会，我将感到高兴。

2．动词have(表达，坚持说)，take(认为，猜想)，hide(隐瞒)，publish(公布)，put(表达，写出来)等后接由引导的宾语从句时，往往在从句前加上形式宾语it。 i take it you have been out. 我想你出去过了。

we published it that we had finished the project ahead of time. 我们宣布了我们已提前完成了这项工程。

3．短语动词answer for(担保)， count on(期待)，depend on(依靠)，insist on(坚持)，see to(确保)等后接引导的宾语从句时，往往在从句前加上形式宾语it。 i am counting on it that you will come. 我们期待着你能来。

see to it that you always carry your passport. 你得常带着你的护照。

五．it构成强调句

用 法 例 证

1．可以改变句子结构，使句子的某一成分受到强调。其句型为it is/was 被强调部分 that/who/whom 其它成分，可强调主语，宾语或状语。 原句：i met li ming at the railway station yesterday. 我昨天在火车站遇到了李明。

强调主语：it was i that/who met li ming at the railway station. 是我昨天在火车站遇到李明的。

强调宾语：it was li ming that/who/whom i met at the railway station. 我昨天在火车站遇到的是李明。

强调地点状语：it was at the railway station that i met li ming yesterday. 我昨天是在火车站遇到李明的。

强调时间状语：it was yesterday that i met li ming at the railway station. 我是昨天在火车站遇到李明的。

2．强调句型也可强调一些状语从句。 it was only when i reread his poems recently that i began to appreciate their beauty. 只有当我最近重读他的诗歌时，我才欣赏到它们的美妙来。 (强调only when引导的从句)

it was not until she took off her glasses that i realized she was a famous film star. 直到她摘下眼镜，我才意识到她是一位著名电影明星。(强调not...until从句。注意not必须位于until前与后面的从句一起提前被强调。)

3．强调句的一般疑问句句型： is/was it 被强调部分 that/who/whom 其他成分? was it in 1969 that the america astronaut succeeded in landing the moon? 是在1969年美国宇航员成功登陆月球的吗?

4．强调句的特殊疑问句句型：疑问词 is/was it that/ who / whom? where was it that you met with the famous singer? 在哪里你遇上了这位著名歌唱家的？

why was it that he got so angry? 到底是为什么他会如此生气?

小结

1. 强调状语时，连接词只能用that，强调人时，则可用that或who(在原句中作主语)或whom (在原句中作宾语)

2. 原句的谓语动词时态是一般过去进行时和过去完成时，用it was...来强调，其他时态用it is...来强调。

3. 强调谓语动词时不能用此句型，而应借助于助动词do，在句中要重读。 i did meet li ming at the railway station yesterday.我昨天在火车站确实碰上李明了。

i did forget your birthday.我确实把你的生日给忘了。

do be careful.务必要小心。

4. 注意强调句不要与定语从句混淆。如果是强调句，那么去掉其强调结构it is/was与that/who/whom之后句子依然成立，否则便不是强调句。 it was on october 1st, 1949 what new china was founded.新中国是在1949年10月1日成立的。(强调句，强调时间状语)

it was october 1st 1949 when new china was founded.新中国成立的时间是1949年10月1日。(这不是强调句型，是一个定语从句)

高考选题

1. tom's mother kept telling him that he should work harder, but _____ didn't help.

a. he b. which c. she d. it

2. i was disappointed with the film, i had expected _____ to be much better.

a. that b. this c. one d. it

3. _____ is a fact that english is being accepted as an international language.

a. there b. this c. that d. it

4. it was not until 1920 _____ regular radio broadcasts began.

a. while b. which c. that d. since

5. it was about 600 years ago _____ the first clock with a face and an hour hand was made.

a. that b. until c. before d. when

6. it was only when i reread his poems recently _____ i began to appreciate their beauty.

a. until b. that c. then d. so

7. i hate _____ when people talk with their mouths full.

a. it b. that c. those d. them

8. it is the ability to do the job _____ matters not where you come from or what you are.

a. one b. that c. what d. it

9. was it in 1969 ___the american astronaut succeeded _____ landing on the moon?

a. when; on b. that; on c. when; in d. that; in

10. was _____ that i saw last night at the concert?

a. it you b. not you c. you d. that yourself

11. ---wasn't it dr. wang who spoke to you just now? ---_____.

a. i didn't know he was b. yes, it was c. no, he wasn't d. yes, he did

12. _____ was in 1979 _____ i graduated from the university.

a. that; that b. it; that c. that; when d. it; when

13. it was _____ he said _____ disappointed me.

a. what; that b. that; that c. what; what d. that; what

14. what a pity my new computer doesn't work. _____ must be something wrong with it.

a. it b. there c. this d. that

15. an awful accident _____, however, occur the other day,

a. does b. did c. h~ to d. had to

16. in fact _____ is a hard job for the police to keep order in an important football match.

a. this b. that c. there d. it

17. it is these poisonous products _____ can cause the symptoms of the flu, such as headache and aching muscles.

a. who b. that c. how d. what

18. _____ is no possibility _____ bob can win the first prize in the match.

a. there; that b. it; that c. there; whether d. it; whether

19. since you have repaired my tv set, _____ is no need for me to buy a new one.

a. it b. there c. this d. that

20. it _____ long before we _____ the result of the experiment.

a. will not ho; will know b. is; will know c. will not be; know d. is; know

21. it was because of bad weather _____ the football match had to be put off.

a. so b. so that c. why d. that

22. i don't remember how many years ago _____ i last showed you round the factory.

a. it was that b. was it that c. it was when d. was it when

23. _____ it is going to rain.

a. it looked like b. it looks liked c. it looked as though d. it looks as if

24. was it in this palace _____ the last emperor died?

a. that b. in which c. where d. which

25. it was in 1969 _____ the american astronaut succeeded in landing on the moon.

a. that b. which c. when d. in which

26. is it in that factory _____ “red flag” cars were made?

a. in which b. where c. that d. which

27. it is the factory _____ we worked with these old workers.

a. in which b. there c. in that d. that

28. it was 1968 _____ we visited that factory.

a. during that b. during which c. that d. which

29. ---now let me check the number“67845544”.

---that's _____.

a. that b. this c. it d. one

30. everything has now been said, hasn't _____?

a. they b. it c. which d. that

31. _____ very foolish of you to say so.

a. it's b. its c. that's d. this

32. it is _____ to observe traffic rules.

a. of great importance for us b. important to us

c. great important of us d. if great importance to us

33. _____ is said that he has been to many places in the united states.

a. this b. he c. it d. that

34. _____ is no doubt that he will succeed in his examination.

a. it b. this c. that d. them

35. what he has done helps us a lot, _____?

a. isn't he b. doesn't he c. isn't it d. doesn't it

36. _____ i was free that evening.

a. it happened to b. it happened that c. that happened d. it was happened that

37. we all thought _____ no use doing that.

a. it b. that c. this d. there

38. was it by the roadside _____ they talking about the film?

a. where b. that c. what d. by which

39. why is it _____ everyone thinks he's thief?

a. because b. as c. when d. that

40. was it near the bridge _____ the car accident took place?

a. where b. that c. there d. /

41. can it be in the office _____ you left your umbrella?

a. where b. that c. which d. in which

42. jack is ill. have you heard about _____?

a. him b. it c. this d. that

43. the problem is not so easy as _____.

a. it is b. it does c. there is d. it seems

44. he is fifty, but doesn't _____.

a. look at it b. look for it c. look it d. look him.

45. _____ is about two li from here to the zoo.

a. this b. that c. it d. which

46. the war and the suffering _____ caused impressed him greatly.

a. that b. which c. what d. it

47. there we found little snow, as most of _____ seemed to have been blown off the mountain.

a. that b. it c. which d. what

48. _____ won't take long to get to shanghai by air.

a. that b. he c. it d. this

49. how happy _____ to be able to study and live together with you!

a. that will be b. is it c. will it be d. it will be

50. i found _____ to hear what he said.

a. that difficulty b. it difficulty c. that difficult d. it difficult

51. it was _____ who telephoned me yesterday.

a. him b. his c. himself d. he

代词it的练习答案:

1-5 d d d c a 6-10 b a b d a 11-15 b b a b b 16-20 d b a d c

21-25 d a d a a 26-30 c a b c b 31-35 a a c a d 36-40 b a b d b

41-45 b b d c c 46-51 a c c d d d

责任编辑：李芳芳

篇2：中学语法 代词` (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

中学语法大全 代词

目录

人称代词的用法 2

人称代词之主、宾格的替换 2

代词的指代问题 3

并列人称代词的排列顺序 3

物主代词 4

双重所有格 4

反身代词 4

相互代词 5

指示代词 6

疑问代词 7

关系代词 8

every, no, all, both,... 9

none, few, some, any,... 10

代词比较辩异one, that和it 11

one/another/the other 11

“the”的妙用 12

anyone/any one;... 12

both, either, neither,... 13

many, much 14

few, little, a few,... 14

人称代词的用法

1）人称代词的主格在句子中作主语或主语补语，例如：

john waited a while but eventually he went home.

约翰等了一会儿，最后他回家了。

john hoped the passenger would be mary and indeed it was she.

约翰希望那位乘客是玛丽，还真是她。

说明：在复合句中，如果主句和从句主语相同，代词主语要用在从句中，名词主语用在主句中，例如：

when he arrived, john went straight to the bank.

约翰一到就直接去银行了。

2）人称代词的宾格在句子中作宾语或介词宾语，但在口语中也能作主语补语，第一人称在省略句中，还可以作主语，例如：

i saw her with them, at least, i thought it was her.

我看到她和他们在一起，至少我认为是她。（her做宾 语，them做介词宾语，her作主语补语）

a. -- who broke the vase? --谁打碎了花瓶？

b. -- me. --我。（me作主语补语= it's me.）

说明：在上面两例句中，her和me分别作主语补语。现代英语中多用宾格，在正式文体中这里应为she和i。

返回顶端〉〉

人称代词之主、宾格的替换

1) 宾格代替主格

a.在简短对话中，当人称代词单独使用或在not 后，多用宾语。

---- i like english. --我喜欢英语。

---- me too. --我也喜欢。

---- have more wine? --再来点酒喝吗?

---- not me. --我可不要了。

b.在表示比较的非正式的文体中，常用宾格代替主格。 但如果比较状语的谓语保留，则主语只能用主格。

he is taller than i/me.

he is taller than i am.

2) 主格代替宾格

a. 在介词but，except 后，有时可用主格代替宾格。

b. 在电话用语中常用主格。

---- i wish to speak to mary. --我想和玛丽通话。

---- this is she. --我就是玛丽。

注意：在动词be 或to be 后的人称代词视其前面的名词或代词而定。

i thought it was she. 我以为是她。(主格----主格)

i thought it to be her. (宾格----宾格)

i was taken to be she. 我被当成了她。 (主格----主格)

they took me to be her. 他们把我当成了她。 (宾格----宾格)

返回顶端〉〉

代词的指代问题

1）不定代词 anybody，everybody，nobody，anyone， someone， everyone，no one， 及whoever和person在正式场合使用时，可用he, his, him代替。

nobody came, did he? 谁也没来，是吗?

2）动物名词的指代一般用it或they代替，有时也用he, she，带有亲切的感情色彩。

give the cat some food. she is hungry. 给这猫一些吃的。她饿了。

3）指代车或国家，船舶的名词，含感情色彩时常用she。

返回顶端〉〉

并列人称代词的排列顺序

1) 单数人称代词并列作主语时，其顺序为：

第二人称 －>第三人称 －>第一人称

you －>he/she; it ->i

you, he and i should return on time.

2) 复数人称代词作主语时，其顺序为：

第一人称 －>第二人称 －>第三人称

we －>you －>they

注意： 在下列情况中，第一人称放在前面。

a. 在承认错误，承担责任时，

it was i and john that made her angry.

是我和约翰惹她生气了。

b. 在长辈对晚辈，长官对下属说话时，如长官为第一人称， 如：i and you try to finish it.

c. 并列主语只有第一人称和第三人称时，

d. 当其他人称代词或名词被定语从句修饰时。

返回顶端〉〉

物主代词

1）物主代词既有表示所属的作用又有指代作用，例如：

john had cut his finger; apparently there was a broken glass on his desk.

约翰割破了手指，显而易见，他桌子上有个破玻璃杯。

物主代词有形容词性（my, your等）和名词性（mine, yours等）两种，形容词性的物主代词属于限定词。

名词性的物主代词在用法上相当于省略了中心名词的 --'s属格结构，例如：

jack's cap 意为 the cap is jack's.

his cap 意为 the cap is his.

2) 名词性物主代词的句法功能

a. 作主语，例如：

may i use your pen? yours works better.

我可以用一用你的钢笔吗？ 你的比我的好用。

b. 作宾语，例如：

i love my motherland as much as you love yours.

我爱我的祖国就像你爱你的祖国一样深。

c. 作介词宾语，例如：

your should interpret what i said in my sense of the word, not in yours.

你应当按我所用的词义去解释我说的话，而不能按你自己的意义去解释。

d. 作主语补语，例如：

the life i have is yours. it's yours. it's yours. 我的生命属于你，属于你，属于你。

返回顶端〉〉

双重所有格

物主代词不可与 a, an, this, that, these, those, some, any, several, no, each, every, such, another, which等词一起前置，修饰一个名词，而必须用双重所有格。

公式为：

a, an, this, that 名词 of 名词性物主代词。如：

a friend of mine.

each brother of his.

返回顶端〉〉

反身代词

1） 列表

i you you she he

myself yourself yourselves herself himself

we they it one

ourselves themselves itself oneself

2）做宾语

a. 有些动词需有反身代词

absent, bathe, amuse, blame, dry, cut, enjoy, hurt, introduce, behave

we enjoyed ourselves very much last night. 我们昨晚玩得很开心。

please help yourself to some fish. 请你随便吃点鱼。

b. 用于及物动词 宾语 介词

take pride in, be annoyed with, help oneself to sth.

i could not dress (myself) up at that time. 那个时候我不能打扮我自己。

注：有些动词后不跟反身代词， get up, sit-down, stand up, wake up等。

please sit down. 请坐。

3） 作表语； 同位语

be oneself: i am not myself today. 我今天不舒服。

the thing itself is not important. 事情本身并不重要。

4） 在不强调的情况下，but, except, for 等介词后宾语用反身代词或人称代词宾格均可。如：

no one but myself (me) is hurt.

注意：

a. 反身代词本身不能单独作主语。

(错) myself drove the car.

(对) i myself drove the car. 我自己开车。

b. 但在and, or, nor连接的并列主语中，第二个主语可用反身代词，特别是myself 作主语。

charles and myself saw it.

5）第二人称作宾语，要用反身代词。

you should be proud of yourself. 你应为自己感到骄傲。

返回顶端〉〉

相互代词

1）相互代词只有each other和one another两个词组。他们表示句中动词所叙述的动作或感觉在涉及的各个对象之间是相互存在的，例如：

it is easy to see that the people of different cultures have always copied each other.

显而易见，不同文化的人总是相互借鉴的。

2） 相互代词的句法功能：

a. 作动词宾语；

people should love one another. 人们应当彼此相爱。

b. 可作介词宾语；

does bark, cocks crow, frogs croak to each other. 吠、鸡鸣、蛙儿对唱。

说明：传统语法认为，相互关系存在于两个人或物之间用each other， 存在于两个以上人和物之间用one another。现代英语中，两组词交替使用的实例也很多，例如：

he put all the books beside each other.

他把所有书并列摆放起来。

he put all the books beside one another.

他把所有书并列摆放起来。

usually these small groups were independent of each other.

这些小团体通常是相互独立的。

c. 相互代词可加-'s构成所有格，例如：

the students borrowed each other's notes.

学生们互借笔记。

返回顶端〉〉

指示代词

1） 指示代词分单数（this / that）和复数（these / those）两种形式，既可作限定词又可做代词，例如：

单数 复数

限定词：this girl is mary. those men are my

teachers.

代词： this is mary. those are my

teachers.

2) 指示代词的句法功能；

a. 作主语

this is the way to do it.

这事儿就该这样做。

b. 作宾语

i like this better than that.

我喜欢这个甚至那个。

c. 作主语补语

my point is this.

我的观点就是如此。

d. 作介词宾语

i don't say no to that.

我并未拒绝那个。

there is no fear of that.

那并不可怕。

说明1：

指示代词在作主语时可指物也可指人，但作其他句子成分时只能指物，不能指人，例如：

(对)that is my teacher. 那是我的老师。（ that作主语，指人）

(对)he is going to marry this girl. 他要和这个姑娘结婚。（this作限定词）

(错)he is going to marry this. （this作宾语时不能指人）

(对)i bought this. 我买这个。(this指物，可作宾语)

说明2：

that和those可作定语从句的先行词，但this和 these不能，同时，在作先行词时，只有those可指人，试比较：

(对) he admired that which looked beautiful. 他赞赏外表漂亮的东西。

(对) he admired those who looked beautiful. 他赞赏那些外表漂亮的人。（those指人）

(错) he admired that who danced well. （that作宾语时不能指人）

(对) he admired those who danced well. 他赞赏跳舞好的人。（those指人）

(对) he admired those which looked beautiful. 他赞赏那些外表漂亮的东西。（those指物）

返回顶端〉〉

疑问代词

1） 疑问代词在句中起名词词组的作用，用来构成疑问句。疑问代词有下列几个：

指 人： who, whom, whose

指 物： what

既可指人又可指物： which

2） 疑问代词在句中应位于谓语动词之前，没有性和数的变化，除who之外也没有格的变化。what, which, whose还可作限定词。试比较：

疑问代词：whose are these books on the desk?

桌上的书是谁的？

what was the directional flow of u. s. territorial expansion?

美国的领土扩张是朝哪个方向的？

限定词： whose books are these on the desk?

桌上的书是谁的？

what events led to most of the east of the mississippi river becoming part of the united states? 哪些事件使密西西比河以东的大部分土地归属于美国？

说明1：

无论是做疑问代词还是限定词，which 和 what 所指的范围不同。what所指的范围是无限的，而which则指在一定的范围内，例如：

which girls do you like best?

你喜欢哪几个姑娘？

what girls do you like best?

你喜欢什么样的姑娘？

说明2：

whom是who的宾格，在书面语中，它作动词宾语或介词宾语，在口语中作宾语时，可用who代替，但在介词后只能用whom, 例如：

who(m) did you meet on the street?

你在街上遇到了谁？（作动词宾语）

who(m) are you taking the book to?

你要把这书带给谁？（作介词宾语，置句首）

to whom did you speak on the campus?

你在校园里和谁讲话了？（作介词宾语，置介词 后，不能用who取代。）

说明3：

疑问代词用于对介词宾语提问时，过去的文体中介词和疑问代词通常一起放在句首，现代英语中，疑问代词在句首，介词在句未，例如：

for what do most people live and work?

大部分人生活和工作的目的是什么？（旧文体）

what are you looking for?

你在找什么？（现代英语）

说明4：

疑问代词还可引导名词性从句，例如：

i can't make out what he is driving at.

我不知道他用意何在。

can you tell me whose is the blue shirt on the bed?

你能告诉我床上的蓝衬衣是谁的吗？

much of what you say i agree with, but i cannot go all the way with you.

你说的我大部分同意，但并不完全赞同。

返回顶端〉〉

关系代词

1） 关系代词用来引导定语从句。它代表先行词，同时在从句中作一定的句子成分，例如：the girl to whom i spoke is my cousin. 跟我讲话的姑娘是我表妹。（该句中whom既代表先行词the girl，又在从句中作介词to的宾语。）

2） 关系代词有主格，宾格和属格之分，并有指人与指物之分。在限定性定语从句中，that 可指人也可指物，见下：

限定性 非限定性 限定性

指 人 指 物 指人或指物

主 格 who which that

宾 格 whom that that

属 格 whose of which/whose of which/whose

例如：

this is the pencil whose point is broken.

这就是那个折了尖的铅笔。

(whose 指物，在限定性定语从句中作定语)

he came back for the book which he had forgotten. 他回来取他丢下的书。

（which指物，在限定性定语从句中作宾语，可以省略）

3） 关系代词which的先行词可以是一个句子，例如：

he said he saw me there, which was a lie.

他说在那儿看到了我，纯属谎言。

说明： 关系代词that在从句中作宾语或表语时可省略， 例如：

i've forgotten much of the latin i once knew.

我过去懂拉丁语，现在大都忘了。

he's changed. he's not the man he was.

他变化很大，已不是过去的他了。

返回顶端〉〉

every, no, all, both,...

1）不定代词有

all , both, every, each, either, neither, more, little, few, much, many, another, other, some, any , one, no 以及some, something, anything, everything, somebody, someone, anybody, anyone, nothing , nobody, no one, none, everybody, everyone.等。

2） 不定代词的功能与用法

a. 除every 和no外不定代词既可用作名词，也可用作形容词。every和no在句中只能作定语。

i have no idea about it.

b. all 都，指三者以上。

all 的主谓一致：all的单复数由它所修饰或指代的名词的单复数决定。

all goes well. 一切进展得很好。

all 通常不与可数名词单数连用，如：不说 all the book，而说 the whole book。

但all可与表时间的可数名词单数连用，如 all day，all night，all the year； 但习惯上不说 all hour，all century。

all还可以与一些特殊的单数名词连用，如 all china， all the city， all my life， all the way

3) both 都，指两者。

a. both 与复数动词连用，但 both… and…可与单数名词连用。

b. both, all 都可作同位语，其位置在行为动词前， be 动词之后。如果助动词或情态动词后面的实义动词省 去，则位于助动词或情态动词之前。

who can speak japanese? we both (all) can.

4) neither 两者都不

a. neither作主语时，谓语动词用单数。

b. 作定语与单数名词连用，但neither… nor 用作并列连词，可与复数名词连用。其谓语采用就近原则。

c. 可用于下列句型，避免重复。

she can't sing，neither (can) he.

neither 与nor

d. 如前句是否定式从句，则主句用neither，而不用 nor。

if you don't do it，neither should i. 如果你不干，我也不干。

e. 如后连续有几个否定句式，则用nor，不用neither。

he can't sing，nor dance，nor skate.

返回顶端〉〉

none, few, some, any,...

一、none 无

1) none作主语，多与of 构成短语 none of。 在答语中，none可单独使用。

are there any pictures on the wall? none.

2) none作主语，谓语动词单复数均可。但如做表语，则其单复数与表语一致。

it is none of your business.

二、few 一些，少数

few 作主语时，谓语动词用复数，多用于肯定句。

三、some 一些

1) 可与复数名词及不可数名词连用。

2) 当做“某一”解时，也可与单数名词连用。（= a certain）

you will be sorry for this some day.

总有一天，你会后悔这件事的。

a certain (some) person has seen you break the rule.

某些人不同意你的看法。

注意：

(1)在肯定疑问句中用some代替any。

(2)some用于其他句式中:

a. 肯定疑问句中：说话人认为对方的答案会是肯定的，或期望得到肯定回答时。

would you like句式中，表委婉请求或建议，如：

would you like some coffee?

b. 在条件状语从句中表示确定的意义时，如：

if you need some help，let me know.

c. some位于主语部分,

some students haven't been there before.

d. 当否定的是整体中的部分时，some可用于否定句。如：

i haven't heard from some of my old friends these years.

这些年我没有收到一些老朋友的信。

四、any 一些

1) any 多用于否定句和疑问句和条件状语从句中。

当句中含有任何的意思时，any可用于肯定句。

here are three novels. you may read any. 这有三本小说，你可任读一本。

五、one, ones 为复数形式

ones必须和形容词连用。如果替代的名词时无形容词在前，则用some, any，而不

用ones。

have you bought any rulers? yes，i 've bought some.

返回顶端〉〉

代词比较辩异one, that和it

one表示泛指，that和it 表示特指。that与所指名词为同类，但不是同一个，而it 与所指名词为同一个。

i can't find my hat. i think i must buy one. (不定)

我找不到我的帽子了。我想我该去买一顶。

the hat you bought is bigger than that i bought. (同类但不同个)

你买的那顶帽子比我买的大。

i can't find my hat. i don' t know where i put it. ( 同一物)

我找不到我的帽子。我不知道我把它放在哪了。

返回顶端〉〉

one/another/the other

one… the other 只有两个

some… the others 有三个以上

one… another，another…

some… others，others…

others = other people/things

the others = the rest 剩余的全部

1) 泛指另一个用another。

2) 一定范围内两人(物)，一个用one，另一个用the other。

3) 一定范围内三者，一个用one，另一个用one (another)，第三个可用the other，a third。

4) 一定范围内，除去一部分人/物，剩余的全部用the others。

5) 泛指别的人或物时，用others当在一定范围内，除去一部分后，剩余部分但不是全部时，也用others。

返回顶端〉〉

“the”的妙用

he is one of the students who help me.

he is the one of the students who helps me.

他是帮我的学生之一。

第一句定语从句与the students 一致。

第二句定语从句与the one 一致。

返回顶端〉〉

anyone/any one;...

1．anyone 和 any one

anyone仅指人，any one既可指人，也可指物。

2．no one 和none

a) none 后跟of短语，既可指人又可指物，而no one只单独使用，只指人。

b) none 作主语，谓语动词用单，复数均可，而no one作主语谓语动词只能是单数。

none of you could lift it. 你们中没有人可举起它。

---- did any one call me up just now? --刚才有人打电话给我吗?

---- no one.--没有。

3．every 和each

1) every 强调全体的概念， each强调个体概念。

every student in our school works hard. 我们学校的学生都很用功。

each student may have one book.. 每个学生都可有一本书。

2) every 指三个以上的人或物(含三个)，each指两个以上的人或物 (含两个)。

3) every 只作形容词，不可单独使用。each可作代词或形容词。

every student has to take one.

each boy has to take one.

each of the boys has to take one.

4) every不可以作状语，each可作状语。

5) every 有反复重复的意思，如 every two weeks等； each没有。

6) every 与not 连用，表示部分否定； each 和not连用表示全部否定。

every man is not honest. 并非每个人都诚实。

each man is not honest. 这儿每个人都不诚实。

返回顶端〉〉

both, either, neither,...

这些词都可用作代词或形容词。其位置都在be 动词之后，行为动词之前或第一助动词之后。

1) both (两者都)，either(两者中任何一个)， neither (两者都不)。以上词使用范围为两个人或物。

neither of the two boys is clever. 两个男孩都不聪明。

2) both，either

both与复数连用，either与单数连用。

both the boys are clever. 两个男孩都很聪明。

either of the two boys is clever. 两个男孩都很聪明。

there are flowers on both sides of the street.

(两岸)

there are flowers on either side of the street.

(岸的两边)

路边长满了野花。

3) all (所有的，全部的人或物)，any (任何一个)， none (都不)。 以上词使用范围为三者以上。

all the flowers are gone. 所有的花都谢了。

i don't like any of the flowers. 这些花我都不喜欢。

i like none of the flowers. 这些花我都不喜欢。

注意：all与none用法一样。跟单数名词，用单数动词；跟复数名词，用复数动词。

all of the students are there.

所有的学生都在那。

all (of) the milk is there.

所有的牛奶都在那。

返回顶端〉〉

many, much

many，much都意为“许多”， many 可数名词，much 不可数名词。

how many people are there at the meeting?

how much time has we left?

many of the workers were at the meeting.

much of the time was spent on learning.

返回顶端〉〉

few, little, a few,...

(a) few 可数名词, (a) little 不可数名词

a few / a little 为肯定含义，还有一点

few / little 为否定含义，没有多少了。

he has a few friends. 他有几个朋友。

he has few friends. 他几乎没有朋友。

we still have a little time. 我们还有点时间。

there is little time left.几乎没剩下什么时间了。

典型例题:

although he 's wealthy，he spends___ on clothes.

a. little b. few c. a little d. a few

答案： a. spend所指的是钱，不可数，只能用little或 a little. 本句为although引导的让步状语从句，由句意知后句为否定含义，因此应用little表示几乎不。

固定搭配:

only a few (=few) not a few (=many) quite a few (=many)

many a (=many)

many books were sold.

many a book was sold.

卖出了许多书。

返回顶端〉〉

中学语法大全 倒装

目录

倒装句之全部倒装 17

倒装句之部分倒装 17

以否定词开头作部分倒装 18

so, either, nor作部分倒装 18

only在句首要倒装的情况 19

as, though引导的倒装句 19

其他部分倒装 19

倒装句之全部倒装

全部倒装是只将句子中的谓语动词全部置于主语之前。此结构通常只用与一般现在时和 一般过去时。常见的结构有：

1) here, there, now, then, thus等副词置于句首, 谓语动词常用be, come, go, lie, run。

there goes the bell.

then came the chairman.

here is your letter.

2) 表示运动方向的副词或地点状语置于句首，谓语表示运动的动词。

out rushed a missile from under the bomber.

ahead sat an old woman.

注意：上述全部倒装的句型结构的主语必须是名词，如果主语是人称代词则不能完全倒装。

here he comes. away they went.

返回顶端〉〉

倒装句之部分倒装

部分倒装是指将谓语的一部分如助动词或情态倒装至主语之前。如果句中的谓语没有助动词或情态动词，则需添加助动词do, does或did，并将其置于主语之前。

1) 句首为否定或半否定的词语，如no, not, never, seldom, little, hardly, at no time, in no way, not until… 等。

never have i seen such a performance.

nowhere will you find the answer to this question.

not until the child fell asleep did the mother leave the room.

当not until引出主从复合句，主句倒装，从句不倒装。

注意： 如否定词不在句首不倒装。

i have never seen such a performance.

the mother didn't leave the room until the child fell asleep.

典型例题

1) why can't i smoke here?

at no time___ in the meeting-room

a. is smoking permitted b. smoking is permitted

c. smoking is it permitted d. does smoking permit

答案a. 这是一个倒装问题。当否定词语置于句首以表示强调时，其句中的主谓须用倒装结构。 这些否定词包括no, little, hardly, seldom, never, not only, not until等。本题的正常语序是 smoking is permitted in the meeting-room at no time.

2） not until the early years of the 19th century ___ what heat is.

a. man did know b. man know c. didn't man know d. did man know

答案d. 看到not until…的句型，我们知道为一倒装句，答案在c，d 中选一个。

改写为正常语序为，man did not know what heat is until the early years of the 19th. 现在将not提前，后面就不能再用否定了,否则意思就变了。

返回顶端〉〉

以否定词开头作部分倒装

如 not only…but also, hardly/scarcely…when, no sooner… than

not only did he refuse the gift, he also severely criticized the sender.

hardly had she gone out when a student came to visit her.

no sooner had she gone out than a student came to visit her.

典型例题

no sooner___ than it began to rain heavily.

a. the game beganb. has the game begun

c. did the game begin d. had the game begun

答案d. 以具有否定意义的副词放在句首时，一般采用倒装句(谓语前置)。这类表示否定意义的词有never, seldom, scarcely, little, few, not, hardly, 以及not only…but (also), no sooner…than, hardly… when scarcely… when 等等。

注意：只有当not only… but also连接两个分句时，才在第一个分句用倒装结构。如果置于句首的not only… but also仅连接两个并列词语，不可用倒装结构。

not only you but also i am fond of music.

返回顶端〉〉

so, either, nor作部分倒装

表示“也”、“也不” 的句子要部分倒装。

tom can speak french. so can jack.

if you won't go, neither will i.

典型例题

---do you know jim quarrelled with his brother?

---i don't know, _____.

a. nor don't i care b. nor do i care c. i don't care neither d. i don't care also

答案：b. nor为增补意思“也不关心”，因此句子应倒装。a错在用 don't 再次否定， c neither 用法不对且缺乏连词。 d缺乏连词。

注意： 当so引出的句子用以对上文内容加以证实或肯定时，不可用倒装结构。意为“的确如此”。

tom asked me to go to play football and so i did.

---it's raining hard. ---so it is.

返回顶端〉〉

only在句首要倒装的情况

only in this way, can you learn english well.

only after being asked three times did he come to the meeting.

如果句子为主从复合句，则主句倒装，从句不倒装

only when he is seriously ill, does he ever stay in bed.

返回顶端〉〉

as, though引导的倒装句

as / though引导的让步从句必须将表语或状语提前 （形容词, 副词, 分词, 实义动词提前）。

注意：

1) 句首名词不能带任何冠词。

2) 句首是实义动词, 其他助动词放在主语后。如果实义动词有宾语和状语, 随实义动词一起放在主语之前。

try hard as he will, he never seems able to do the work satisfactorily.

注意:

让步状语从句中，有though，although时，后面的主句不能有but，但是 though 和yet可连用。

返回顶端〉〉

其他部分倒装

1) so… that 句型中的so 位于句首时，需倒装。

so frightened was he that he did not dare to move an inch.

2) 在某些表示祝愿的句型中：

may you all be happy.

3) 在虚拟语气条件句中从句谓语动词有were, had, should等词，可将if 省略，把 were, had, should 移到主语之前，采取部分倒装。

were i you, i would try it again.

典型例题：

1） not until the early years of the 19th century___ what heat is

a. man did know b. man knew c. didn't man know d. did man know

答案为d. 否定词not在句首，要求用部分倒装的句子结构。

2） not until i began to work ___ how much time i had wasted.

a. didn't i realize b. did i realize c. i didn't realize d. i realize

答案为b。

3) do you know tom bought a new car?

i don't know, ___.

a. nor don't i care b. nor do i care

c. i don't care neither d. i don't care also

解析：答案为b. 句中的nor引出部分倒装结构，表示“也不”。由 so, neither, nor引导的倒装句，表示前一情况的重复出现。其中, so用于肯定句, 而 neither, nor 用在否定句中。

返回顶端〉〉

中学语法大全 定语从句

目录

定语从句 22

关系代词引导的定语从句 22

关系副词引导的定语从句 22

判断关系代词与关系副词 23

限制性和非限制性定语从句 24

介词 关系词 24

as,which非限定性定语从句 25

先行词和关系词二合一 25

what/whatever/that... 26

关系代词that的用法 26

定语从句

定语从句（attributive clauses）在句中做定语，修饰一个名词或代词，被修饰的名词,词组或代词即先行词。定语从句通常出现在先行词之后，由关系词（关系代词或关系副词）引出。

关系代词有：who, whom, whose, that, which等。

关系副词有：when, where, why等。

返回顶端〉〉

关系代词引导的定语从句

关系代词所代替的先行词是人或物的名词或代词，并在句中充当主语、宾语、定语等成分。关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，从句谓语动词的人称和数要和先行词保持一致。

1）who, whom, that

这些词代替的先行词是人的名词或代词，在从句中所起作用如下：

is he the man who/that wants to see you?

他就是你想见的人吗？（who/that在从句中作主语）

he is the man whom/ that i saw yesterday.

他就是我昨天见的那个人。（whom/that在从句中作宾语）

2) whose 用来指人或物，(只用作定语, 若指物，它还可以同of which互换）, 例如：

they rushed over to help the man whose car had broken down. 那人车坏了，大家都跑过去帮忙。

please pass me the book whose (of which) cover is green. 请递给我那本绿皮的书。

3）which, that

它们所代替的先行词是事物的名词或代词，在从句中可作主语、宾语等，例如：

a prosperity which / that had never been seen before appears in the countryside. 农村出现了前所未有的繁荣。（which / that在句中作宾语）

the package (which / that) you are carrying is about to come unwrapped. 你拿的包快散了。(which / that在句中作宾语）

返回顶端〉〉

关系副词引导的定语从句

关系副词可代替的先行词是时间、地点或理由的名词，在从句中作状语。

1）when, where, why

关系副词when, where, why的含义相当于“介词 which”结构，因此常常和“介词 which”结构交替使用，例如：

there are occasions when (on which) one must yield. 任何人都有不得不屈服的时候。

beijing is the place where (in which) i was born. 北京是我的出生地。

is this the reason why (for which) he refused our offer? 这就是他拒绝我们帮助他的理由吗？

2）that代替关系副词

that可以用于表示时间、地点、方式、理由的名词后取代when, where, why和“介词 which”引导的定语从句，在口语中that常被省略，例如：

his father died the year (that / when / in which) he was born. 他父亲在他出生那年逝世了。

he is unlikely to find the place (that / where / in which) he lived forty years ago. 他不大可能找到他四十年前居住过的地方。

返回顶端〉〉

判断关系代词与关系副词

方法一： 用关系代词，还是关系副词完全取决于从句中的谓语动词。及物动词后面无宾语，就必须要求用关系代词；而不及物动词则要求用关系副词。例如：

this is the mountain village where i stayed last year.

i'll never forget the days when i worked together with you.

判断改错（注：先显示题，再显示答案，横线；用不同的颜色表示出。）

（错） this is the mountain village where i visited last year.

（错） i will never forget the days when i spent in the countryside.

（对） this is the mountain village (which) i visited last year.

（对） i'll never forget the days (which) i spent in the countryside.

习惯上总把表地点或时间的名词与关系副词 where, when联系在一起。此两题错在关系词的误用上。

方法二： 准确判断先行词在定语从句中的成分(主、谓、宾、定、状)，也能正确选择出关系代词/关系副词。

例1. is this museum ___ you visited a few days age?

a. where b. that c. on which d. the one

例2. is this the museum ____ the exhibition was held.

a. where b. that c. on which d. the one

答案：例1 d，例2 a

例1变为肯定句： this museum is ___ you visited a few days ago.

例2变为肯定句： this is the museum ___ the exhibition was held.

在句1中，所缺部分为宾语，而where, that, on which都不能起到宾语的作用，只有the one既做了主句的表语，又可做从句的宾语，可以省略关系代词，所以应选d。

而句2中, 主、谓、宾俱全，从句部分为句子的状语表地点，既可用副词where，又因 in the museum词组，可用介词in which 引导地点状语。而此题中，介词on 用的不对，所以选a。

关系词的选择依据在从句中所做的成分，先行词在从句中作主、定、宾语时，选择关系代词 (who, whom, that, which, whose)； 先行词在从句中做状语时，应选择关系副词 ( where 地点状语，when 时间状语，why 原因状语) 。

返回顶端〉〉

限制性和非限制性定语从句

1) 定语从句有限制性和非限制性两种。限制性定语从句是先行词不可缺少的部分，去掉它主句意思往往不明确；非限制性定语从句是先行词的附加说明，去掉了也不会影响主句的意思，它与主句之间通常用逗号分开，例如：

this is the house which we bought last month. 这是我们上个月买的那幢房子。（限制性）

the house, which we bought last month, is very nice.这幢房子很漂亮，是我们上个月买的。（非限制性）

2) 当先行词是专有名词或物主代词和指示代词所修饰时，其后的定语从句通常是非限制性的，例如：

charles smith, who was my former teacher, retired last year. 查理史密斯去年退休了，他曾经是我的老师。

my house, which i bought last year, has got a lovely garden. 我去年买的的那幢房子带着个漂亮的花园。

this novel, which i have read three times, is very touching. 这本小说很动人，我已经读了三遍。

3) 非限制性定语从句还能将整个主句作为先行词, 对其进行修饰, 这时从句谓语动词要用第三人称单数，例如：

he seems not to have grasped what i meant, which greatly upsets me. 他似乎没抓住我的意思，这使我心烦。

liquid water changes to vapor, which is called evaporation. 液态水变为蒸汽，这就叫做蒸发。

说明：关系代词that和关系副词why不能引导非限制性定语从句。

返回顶端〉〉

介词 关系词

1）介词后面的关系词不能省略。

2）that前不能有介词。

3） 某些在从句中充当时间，地点或原因状语的“介词 关系词”结构可以同关系副词when 和where 互换。

this is the house in which i lived two years ago.

this is the house where i lived two years ago.

do you remember the day on which you joined our club?

do you remember the day when you joined our club?

返回顶端〉〉

as, which非限定性定语从句

由as, which 引导的非限定性定语从句，as和which可代整个主句，相当于and this或and that。as一般放在句首，which在句中。

as we know, smoking is harmful to one's health.

the sun heats the earth, which is very important to us.

典型例题

1）alice received an invitation from her boss, ___came as a surprise.

a. it b. that c. which d. he

答案c. 此为非限定性从句，不能用 that修饰，而用which.，it 和he 都使后句成为句子，两个独立的句子不能单以逗号连接。况且选he句意不通。

2）the weather turned out to be very good, ___ was more than we could expect.

a. what b. which c. that d. it

答案b。which可代替句子，用于非限定性定语从句，而what不可。that 不能用于非限定性定语从句，it不为连词，使由逗号连接的两个句子并在一起在英语语法上行不通。

3）it rained hard yesterday, ____ prevented me from going to the park..

a. that b. which c. as d. it

答案b.

as 和which在引导非限制性定语从句时，这两个关系代词都指主句所表达的整个意思，且在定语从句中都可以作主语和宾语。但不同之处主要有两点：

(1） as 引导的定语从句可置于句首，而which不可。

(2） as 代表前面的整个主句并在从句中作主语时，从句中的谓语必须是系动词；若为行为动词，则从句中的关系代词只能用which.。

在本题中，prevent由于是行为动词，所以正确选项应为b。

as 的用法

例1. the same… as；such…as 中的as 是一种固定结构, 和……一样……。

i have got into the same trouble as he (has).

例2. as可引导非限制性从句，常带有'正如'。

as we know, smoking is harmful to one's health.

as is know, smoking is harmful to one's health.

as是关系代词。例1中的as作know的宾语；例2中，它充当从句的主语，谓语动词know要用被动式。

返回顶端〉〉

先行词和关系词二合一

1)whoever spits in public will be punished here.

(whoever 可以用 anyone who 代替)

2)the parents will use what they have to send their son to technical school.

(what 可以用all that代替)

返回顶端〉〉

what/whatever/that...

1)whoever spits in public will be punished here.

(whoever 可以用 anyone who 代替)

2)the parents will use what they have to send their son to technical school.

(what 可以用all that代替)

返回顶端〉〉

关系代词that的用法

1）不用that的情况

a) 在引导非限定性定语从句时。

(错) the tree, that is four hundred years old, is very famous here.

b) 介词后不能用。

we depend on the land from which we get our food.

we depend on the land that/which we get our food from.

2) 只能用that作为定语从句的关系代词的情况

a) 在there be 句型中，只用that，不用which。

b) 在不定代词，如：anything, nothing, the one, all, much, few, any, little等作先行词时，只用that，不用which。

c) 先行词有the only, the very修饰时，只用that。

d) 先行词为序数词、数词、形容词最高级时，只用that。.

e) 先行词既有人，又有物时。

举例：

all that is needed is a supply of oil.

所需的只是供油问题。

finally, the thief handed everything that he had stolen to the police.

那贼最终把偷的全部东西交给了警察。

返回顶端〉〉

中学语法大全 动词不定式

目录

不定式作宾语 28

不定式作补语 28

不定式主语 30

it's for sb/it's of sb 30

不定式作表语 31

不定式作定语 31

不定式作状语 31

用作介词的to 32

省to 的动词不定式 32

动词不定式的否定式 33

不定式特殊句型too…to… 33

不定式特殊句型so as to 34

不定式特殊句型why not 34

不定式的时态和语态 34

动名词与不定式 35

不定式作宾语

1) 动词 不定式

afford aim appear agree arrange ask be decide bother care choose come dare demand desire determine expect elect endeavor hope fail happen help hesitate learn long mean manage offer ought plan prepare pretend promise refuse seem tend wait wish undertake

举例：

the driver failed to see the other car in time.

司机没能及时看见另一辆车。

i happen to know the answer to your question.

我碰巧知道你那道问题的答案。

2）动词 不定式 ； 动词 宾语 不定式

ask, beg, choose, expect , hate, help intend like, love, need prefer, prepare, promise, want, wish…

i like to keep everything tidy. 我喜欢每件东西都保持整洁。

i like you to keep everything tidy. 我喜欢你年使每件东西都保持整洁。

i want to speak to tom. 我想和汤姆谈话。

i want you to speak to tom. 我想让你和汤姆谈话。

3） 动词 疑问词 to

decide, know, consider forget, learn, remember, show, understand, see, wonder, hear, find out, explain, tell

please show us how to do that. 请演示给我们如何去做。

there are so many kinds of tape-recorders on sale that i can't make up my mind which to buy.有这么多的录音机，我都拿不定主意买哪一种。

注意:疑问词带不定式在句中作成分时，谓语动词用单数。

the question is how to put it into practice.

问题是怎样把它付诸实施。

返回顶端〉〉

不定式作补语

1) 动词 宾语 不定式(to do)

advise allow appoint believe cause challenge command compel consider declare drive enable encourage find forbid force guess hire imagine impel induce inform instruct invite judge know like order permit persuade remind report request require select send state suppose tell think train trust understand urge warn

例句：

a. father will not allow us to play on the street.

父亲不让我们在街上玩耍。

b. we believe him to be guilty.

我们相信他是有罪的。

find 的特殊用法：

find 后可用分词做宾补，或先加形式宾语，再加形容词，最后加带to 的动词不定式。find后也可带一个从句。此类动词还有get，have。

i found him lying on the ground.

i found it important to learn.

i found that to learn english is important.

典型例题:

the next morning she found the man ___ in bed，dead.

a. lying b. lie c. lay d. laying

答案：a.find的宾语后面，用分词或分词短语，起宾语补足语作用。现在分词表达主动，也表达正在进行，过去分词表达被动。

2) to be 的不定式结构，作补语的动词。

acknowledge, believe, consider, think, declare(声称), discover, fancy(设想), feel find, guess, judge, imagine, know, prove, see(理解), show, suppose, take(以为), understand

we consider tom to be one of the best students in our class.

我们认为汤姆是班上最好的学生之一。

典型例题

charles babbage is generally considered ___ the first computer.

a. to invent b. inventing c. to have invented d. having invented

答案：a. 由consider to do sth. 排除b、d。. 此句只说明发明这一个事实，不定式后用原形即可。而c为现在完成时，发明为点动词一般不用完成时，且此处也不强调对现在的影响，因此不选c。

3) to be 形容词

seem, appear, be said, be supposed, be believed, be thought, be known, be reported, hope, wish, desire, want, plan, expect, mean…

the book is believed to be uninteresting.

人们认为这本书没什么意思。

4) there be 不定式

believe, expect, intend, like, love, mean, prefer, want, wish, undrstand

we didn't expect there to be so many people there.我们没料到会有那么多人在哪里。

注意 ： 有些动词需用as 短语做补语，如regard, think believe, take, consider.

we regard tom as our best teacher. 我们认为汤姆是我们最好的老师。

mary took him as her father . 玛丽把他当作自己的父亲。

返回顶端〉〉

不定式主语

1） it's easy (for me) to do that.我做这事太容易了

easy, difficult, hard, important, possible, impossible, comfortable, necessary, better;

the first, the next, the last, the best, too much, too little, not enough

it's so nice to hear your voice.

听到你的声音真高兴。

it's necessary for you to lock the car when you do not use it.

当你不用车的时候，锁车是有必要的。

2) it's very kind of you to help us. 他帮助我们，他真好。

kind, nice, stupid, rude, clever, foolish, thoughtful, thoughtless, brave, considerate(考虑周到的), silly, selfish(自私的)

例句:

it was silly of us to believe him. 我们真愚蠢，竟然相信了他。

it seemed selfish of him not to give them anything. 他不给他们任何东西，这显得太自私了。

注意：1) 其他系动词如，look，appear等也可用于此句型

2) 不定式作为句子成分时，动词用单数形式。

3) 当不定式作主语的句子中又有一个不定式作表语时，不能用it is… to…的句型

(对)to see is to believe. 百闻不如一见。

(错)it is to believe to see.

返回顶端〉〉

it's for sb/it's of sb

1）for sb. 常用于表示事物的特征特点，表示客观形式的形容词，如easy, hard, difficult, interesting, impossible等：

it's very hard for him to study two languages. 对他来说学两门外语是很难的。

2）of sb的句型一般用表示人物的性格，品德，表示主观感情或态度的形容词，如good, kind, nice, clever, foolish, right。

it's very nice of you to help me. 你来帮助我，你真是太好了。

for 与of 的辨别方法：

用介词后面的代词作主语，用介词前边的形容词作表语，造个句子。如果道理上通顺用of，不通则用for。如：

you are nice. (通顺，所以应用of)。

he is hard. (人是困难的，不通，因此应用for。)

返回顶端〉〉

不定式作表语

不定式可放在be动词后面，形成表语。例如：

my work is to clean the room every day.

his dream is to be a doctor.

返回顶端〉〉

不定式作定语

不定式做定语通常要放在被修饰的词后。例如：

i have a lot of work to do.

so he made some candles to give light.

返回顶端〉〉

不定式作状语

1）目的状语

to… only to (仅仅为了), in order to, so as to, so(such)… as to… (如此……以便……)

he ran so fast as to catch the first bus. 他飞快地跑以便赶上第一班车。

i come here only to say good-bye to you. 我来仅仅是向你告别。

2）作结果状语，表事先没有预料到的，要放在句子后面。

what have i said to make you angry.

he searched the room only to find nothing.

3) 表原因

i'm glad to see you.

典型例题

the chair looks rather hard, but in fact it is very comfortable to ___.

a. sit b. sit on c. be seat d. be sat on

答案：b. 如果不定式为不及物动词，其后应有必要的介词。当动词与介词连用时，常位于“形容词 动词不定式”结构的末尾。

返回顶端〉〉

用作介词的to

to 有两种用法： 一为不定式 动词原形； 一为介词 名词/动名词, to 在下面的用法中是第二种，即to 名词/动名词：

admit to承认， confess to承认，

be accustomed to习惯于， be used to习惯于， stick to 坚持， turn to开始，着手于， devote oneself to 献身于， be devoted to 致力于， look forward to 盼望， pay attention to 注意

返回顶端〉〉

省to 的动词不定式

1） 情态动词 ( 除ought 外，ought to)：

2） 使役动词 let, have, make：

3） 感官动词 see, watch, look at, notice , observe, hear, listen to, smell, feel, find 等后作宾补，省略to。

注意：在被动语态中则to 不能省掉。

i saw him dance.

=he was seen to dance.

the boss made them work the whole night.

=they were made to work the whole night.

4） would rather，had better：

5） why… / why not…：

6） help 可带to，也可不带to, help sb (to) do sth：

7） but和except：but前是动词do时，后面出现的动词用不带to的动词不定式。

8） 由and, or和than连接的两个不定式，第二个to 可以省去：

9） 通常在discover, imagine, suppose, think, understand等词后，可以省去to be：

he is supposed (to be) nice. 他应该是个好人。

举例：

he wants to move to france and marry the girl.

he wants to do nothing but go out.

比较： he wants to do nothing but go out.

he wants to believe anything but to take the medicine.

典型例题

1) ---- i usually go there by train.

---- why not ___ by boat for a change?

a. to try going b. trying to go c. to try and go d. try going

答案：d. why not 后面接不带to 的不定式，因此选d。

2） paul doesn't have to be made ___. he always works hard.

a. learn b. to learn c. learned d. learning

答案：b. make后接不带to 的动词不定式，当其用于被动时，to 不可省略。

返回顶端〉〉

动词不定式的否定式

tell him not to shut the window…

she pretended not to see me when i passed by. 我走过的时候，她假装没看见。

典型例题

1）tell him ___ the window.

a. to shut not b. not to shut c. to not shut

d. not shut

答案：b。 tell sb to do sth 的否定形式为tell sb not to do sth.

2) she pretended ___ me when i passed by.

a. not to see b. not seeing c. to not see

d. having not seen

答案：a。 pretend 后应接不定式。其否定形式为pretend not to do sth.。

3）mrs. smith warned her daughter ___ after drinking.

a. never to drive b. to never driver

c. never driving d. never drive

答案：a。warn sb to do sth. 的否定形式为warn sb not to do sth. 此处用的是否定词never.

4) the boy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street，but his mother told him ____.

a. not to b. not to do c. not do it

d. do not to

答案：a。not to 为not to do it 的省略形式。可以只用to这个词，而不必重复整个不定式词组。及物动词do后应有名词、代词等，否则不对，因此b，d不对。

5) the patient was warned ___ oily food after the operation.

a. to eat no b. eating not c. not to eat

d. not eating

答案：c。warn一词要求后用不定式，此处为不定式的被动，否定形式为be warned not to do。

返回顶端〉〉

不定式特殊句型too…to…

1）too…to 太…以至于…

he is too excited to speak.

他太激动了，说不出话来。

---- can i help you ? 需要我帮忙吗?

---- well, i'm afraid the box is too heavy for you to carry it, but thank you all the same. 不用了。这箱子太重，恐怕你搬不动。谢谢您。

2) 如在too前有否定词，则整个句子用否定词表达肯定， too 后那个词表达一种委婉含义，意 为“不太”。

it's never too late to mend. (谚语)

改过不嫌晚。

3) 当too 前面有only, all, but时，意思是：非常… 等于very。

i'm only too pleased to be able to help you. 我非常高兴能帮助你。

he was but too eager to get home. 他非常想回家。

返回顶端〉〉

不定式特殊句型so as to

1） 表示目的；它的否定式是so as not to do。

tom kept quiet about the accident so as not to lose his job.

汤姆对事故保持沉默是为了不丢掉他的工作。

go in quietly so as not to wake the baby.

轻点进去，别惊醒了婴儿。

2) so kind as to ---劳驾

would you be so kind as to tell me the time?

劳驾，现在几点了。

返回顶端〉〉

不定式特殊句型why not

“why not 动词原形”表达向某人提出建议，翻译为：“为什么不……?” “干吗不……?”

例如：

why not take a holiday?

干吗不去度假?

返回顶端〉〉

不定式的时态和语态

时态\\语态 主动被动

一般式to do to be done

进行式to be doing

完成式to have done to have been done

完成进行式 to have been doing

1) 现在时：一般现在时表示的动词，有时与谓语动词表示的动作同时发生，有时发生在谓语动词的动作之后。

he seems to know this.

i hope to see you again. = i hope that i'll see you again. 我希望再见到你。

2) 完成时：表示的动作发生在谓语动词表示的动作之前。

i'm sorry to have given you so much trouble.

he seems to have caught a cold.

3) 进行时： 表示动作正在进行，与谓语动词表示的动作同时发生。

he seems to be eating something.

4) 完成进行时：

she is known to have been wreaking on the problem for many years.

返回顶端〉〉

动名词与不定式

1） 动名词与不定式的区别：

动名词表达的是： 状态，性质，心境，抽象，经常性，已发生的

不定式表达的是： 目的，结果，原因，具体，一次性，将发生的

2） 接不定式或动名词，意义相同。

3） 动名词与不定式语义不同的有11 组：

1 stop to dostop doing

2 forget to do forget doing

3 remember to do remember doing

4 regret to do regret doing

5 cease to do cease doing

6 try to do try doing

7 go on to do go on doing

8 afraid to do afraid doing

9 interested to do interested doing

10 mean to domean doing

11 begin/ start to do begin/ start doing

返回顶端〉〉

中学语法大全 动词

目录

动词 37

系动词 38

什么是助动词 39

助动词be的用法 39

助动词have的用法 40

助动词do 的用法 40

助动词shall和will的用法 41

助动词should,would的用法 41

短语动词 42

非谓语动词 42

动词

1） 表示动作中状态的词叫做动词。

2） 根据其在句中的功能，动词可分为四类，分别是：实义动词（notional verb）、系动词（link verb）、助动词（auxiliary verb）、情态动词（modal verb）。

说明：有些情况下，有些动词是兼类词，例如：

we are having a meeting. 我们正在开会。 （having是实义动词。）

he has gone to new york. 他已去纽约。

（has是助动词。）

3） 动词根据其后是否带有宾语，可分为两类，分别是：及物动词（transitive verb）、不及物动词（intransitive verb），缩写形式分别为vt. 和vi.。

说明：同一动词有时可用作及物动词，有时可用作不及物动词。例如：

she can dance and sing.

她能唱歌又能跳舞。（sing在此用作不及物动词。）

she can sing many english songs.

她能唱好多首英文歌曲。（sing用作及物动词。）

4） 根据是否受主语的人称和数的限制，可分两类，分别是：限定动词（finite verb）、非限定动词（non-finite verb）例如：

she sings very well.

她唱得很好。（sing受主语she的限制，故用第三人称单数形式sings。）

she wants to learn english well.

她想学好英语。（to learn不受主语she的限制，没有词形变化，是非限定动词。

说明：英语中共有三种非限定动词，分别是：动词不定式（infinitive）、动名词（gerund）、分词（participle）。

5) 根据动词的组成形式，可分为三类，分别是：单字词（one-word verb）、短语动词（phrasal verb）、动词短语（verbal phrase）例如：

the english language contains many phrasal verbs and verbal phrases.

英语里有许多短语动词和动词短语。（contains是单字动词。）

students should learn to look up new words in dictionaries.

学生们学会查字典。（look up是短语动词。）

the young ought to take care of the old.

年轻人应照料老人。（take care of是动词短语。）

6）动词有五种形态，分别是：原形（original form）、第三人称单数形式（singular from in third personal）、过去式（past form）、过去分词（past participle）、现在分词（present participle）。

返回顶端〉〉

系动词

系动词亦称联系动词（link verb），作为系动词，它本身有词义，但不能单独用作谓语，后边必须跟表语（亦称补语），构成系表结构说明主语的状况、性质、特征等情况。

说明：

有些系动词又是实义动词，该动词表达实义时，有词义，可单独作谓语，例如：

he fell ill yesterday.

他昨天病了。（fell是系动词，后跟补足语，说明主语情况。）

he fell off the ladder.

他从梯子上摔下来。fell是实义动词，单独作谓语。

1）状态系动词

用来表示主语状态，只有be一词，例如：

he is a teacher. 他是一名教师。（is与补足语一起说明主语的身份。）

2）持续系动词

用来表示主语继续或保持一种状况或态度，主要有keep, rest, remain, stay, lie, stand, 例如：

he always kept silent at meeting. 他开会时总保持沉默。

this matter rests a mystery. 此事仍是一个谜。

3）表像系动词

用来表示“看起来像”这一概念，主要有seem, appear, look, 例如：

he looks tired. 他看起来很累。

he seems (to be) very sad. 他看起来很伤心。

4）感官系动词

感官系动词主要有feel, smell, sound, taste, 例如：

this kind of cloth feels very soft.

这种布手感很软。

this flower smells very sweet.

这朵花闻起来很香。

5）变化系动词

这些系动词表示主语变成什么样，变化系动词主要有become, grow, turn, fall, get, go, come, run.

例如：

he became mad after that. 自那之后，他疯了。

she grew rich within a short time. 她没多长时间就富了。

6）终止系动词

表示主语已终止动作，主要有prove, trun out, 表达“证实”，“变成”之意，例如：

the rumor proved false. 这谣言证实有假。

the search proved difficult. 搜查证实很难。

his plan turned out a success. 他的计划终于成功了。（turn out表终止性结果）

返回顶端〉〉

什么是助动词

1）协助主要动词构成谓语动词词组的词叫助动词（auxiliary verb）。被协助的动词称作主要动词（main verb）。

助动词自身没有词义，不可单独使用，例如：

he doesn't like english. 他不喜欢英语。

（doesn't是助动词，无词义；like是主要动词，有词义)

2） 助动词协助主要动词完成以下功用，可以用来：

a. 表示时态，例如：

he is singing. 他在唱歌。

he has got married. 他已结婚。

b. 表示语态，例如：

he was sent to england. 他被派往英国。

c. 构成疑问句，例如：

do you like college life? 你喜欢大学生活吗？

did you study english before you came here? 你来这儿之前学过英语吗？

d. 与否定副词not合用，构成否定句，例如：

i don't like him. 我不喜欢他。

e. 加强语气，例如：

do come to the party tomorrow evening. 明天晚上一定来参加晚会。

he did know that. 他的确知道那件事。

3） 最常用的助动词有：be, have, do, shall, will, should, would

返回顶端〉〉

助动词be的用法

1） be 现在分词，构成进行时态，例如：

they are having a meeting. 他们正在开会。

english is becoming more and more important. 英语现在越来越重要。

2) be 过去分词，构成被动语态，例如：

the window was broken by tom.. 窗户是汤姆打碎的。

english is taught throughout the world. 世界各地都教英语。

3） be 动词不定式，可表示下列内容：

a. 表示最近、未来的计划或安排，例如：

he is to go to new york next week.. 他下周要去纽约。

we are to teach the freshpersons. 我们要教新生。

说明： 这种用法也可以说成是一种将来时态表达法。

b. 表示命令，例如：

you are to explain this. 对此你要做出解释。

he is to come to the office this afternoon. 要他今天下午来办公室。

c. 征求意见，例如：

how am i to answer him? 我该怎样答复他？

who is to go there? 谁该去那儿呢？

d. 表示相约、商定，例如：

we are to meet at the school gate at seven tomorrow morning. 我们明天早晨7点在校门口集合。

返回顶端〉〉

助动词have的用法

1）have 过去分词，构成完成时态，例如：

he has left for london. 他已去了伦敦。

by the end of last month, they had finished half of their work.

上月未为止，他们已经完成工作的一半。

2）have been 现在分词，构成完成进行时，例如：

i have been studying english for ten years.

我一直在学英语，已达十年之久。

3）have been 过去分词，构成完成式被动语态，例如：

english has been taught in china for many years.

中国教英语已经多年。

返回顶端〉〉

助动词do 的用法

1） 构成一般疑问句，例如：

do you want to pass the cet? 你想通过大学英语测试吗？

did you study german? 你们学过德语吗？

2） do not 构成否定句，例如：

i do not want to be criticized. 我不想挨批评。

he doesn't like to study. 他不想学习。

in the past, many students did not know the importance of english. 过去，好多学生不知道英语的重要性。

3) 构成否定祈使句，例如：

don't go there. 不要去那里。

don't be so absent-minded. 不要这么心不在焉。

说明： 构成否定祈使句只用do，不用did和does。

4） 放在动词原形前，加强该动词的语气，例如：

do come to my birthday party. 一定来参加我的生日宴会。

i did go there. 我确实去那儿了。

i do miss you. 我确实想你。

5） 用于倒装句，例如：

never did i hear of such a thing. 我从未听说过这样的事情。

only when we begin our college life do we realize the importance of english.

只有在开始大学生活时我们才认识到英语的重要性。

说明： 引导此类倒装句的副词有never, seldom, rarely, little, only, so, well等。

6） 用作代动词，例如：

---- do you like beijing? --你喜欢北京吗？

---- yes, i do. --是的，喜欢。（do用作代动词，代替like beijing.）

he knows how to drive a car, doesn't he?

他知道如何开车，对吧？

返回顶端〉〉

助动词shall和will的用法

shall和will作为助动词可以与动词原形一起构成一般将来时，例如：

i shall study harder at english. 我将更加努力地学习英语。

he will go to shanghai. 他要去上海。

说明：

在过去的语法中，语法学家说shall用于第一人称，will 只用于第二、第三人称。现在，尤其是在口语中，will常用于第一人称，但shall只用于第一人称，如用于第二、第三人称，就失去助动词的意义，已变为情态动词，试比较:

he shall come. 他必须来。（shall有命令的意味。）

he will come. 他要来。（will只与动词原形构成一般将来时。）

返回顶端〉〉

助动词should, would的用法

1）should无词义，只是shall的过去形式，与动词原形构成过去将来时，只用于第一人称，例如：

i telephoned him yesterday to ask what i should do next week.

我昨天给他打电话，问他我下周干什么。

比较：

“what shall i do next week?” i asked.

“我下周干什么？”我问道。（可以说，shall变成间接引语时，变成了should。）

2） would也无词义，是will的过去形式，与动词原形构成过去将来时，用于第二、第三人称，例如：

he said he would come. 他说他要来。

比较：

“i will go,” he said. 他说：“我要去那儿。”

变成间接引语，就成了：

he said he would come.

原来的will变成would，go变成了come.。

返回顶端〉〉

短语动词

动词加小品构成的起动词作用的短语叫短语动词（phrasal verb）。例如：

turn off the radio. 把收音机关上。（turn off是短语动词）

短语动词的构成基本有下列几种：

1） 动词 副词，如：black out；

2） 动词 介词，如：look into；

3） 动词 副词 介词，如：look forward to。构成短语动词的副词和介词都统称为小品词（particle）。

返回顶端〉〉

非谓语动词

在句子中充当除谓语以外的句子成分的动词形式叫做非谓语动词。非谓语动词分为三种形式:不定式，动名词，和分词(分词包括现在分词和过去分词)。

1）不定式

时态\\语态 主动 被动

一般式 to do to be done

完成式 to have done to have been done

2）动名词

时态\\语态 主动 被动

一般式 doing being done

完成式 having done having been done

3）分词

时态\\语态 主动 被动

一般式 doing being done

完成式 having done having been done

否定形式： not 不定式， not 动名词， not 现在分词

返回顶端〉〉

中学语法大全 动词的时态

目录

一般现在时的用法 45

一般过去时的用法 45

used to/be used to 46

一般将来时 47

be going to/will 47

be to和be going to 47

一般现在时表将来 48

用现在进行时表示将来 48

现在完成时 48

比较过去时与现在完成时 48

用于现?

篇3：it用法精练 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

it用法精练

1. is _______ necessary to the design before national day?

a. this b. that c. it d. he

2. she heard a terrible noise, ______ brought her heart into her mouth.

a. it b. which c. this d. that

3. tom’s mother kept telling him that he should work harder, but _____didn’t help.

a. he b. which c. she d. it

4. ______ is a fact that english is being accepted as an international language.

a. there b. this c. that d. it

5. i hope there are enough glasses for each guest to have ______?

a. it b. those c. one d. them

6. ---why don’t you take a little break?

---don’t we just have _______.

a. that b. this c. one d. it

7. 1. i like in the autumn when the weather is clear and bright.

a. this b. that c. it d. one

8. ---he was nearly drowned once.

---when was _______?

---_______ was in when he was in middle school.

a. that, it b. this, this c. this, it d. that, this

9. the weather turned out to be very good, ______ was more that we had expected.

a. what b. which c. that d. it

10. was ______ that i saw last night at the concert?

a. it you b. not you c. you d. that yourself

11. the parkers bought a new house but will need a lot of work before they can move in.

a. they b. it c. one d. which

12. it was only with the help of the local guide ________.

a. was the mountain climber was rescued

b. that the mountain climber was rescued

c. when the mountain climber was rescued

d. then the mountain climber was rescued

13. ______ is reported in the newspapers, talks between the two countries are making progress.

a. it b. as c. that d. what

14. why! i have nothing to confess. _______ you want me to say?

a. what is it that b. what it is that c. how is it that d. how it is that

15. it was _____ back home after the experiment.

a. not until midnight did he go b. until midnight that he didn’t go

c. not until midnight that he went d. until midnight when he didn’t go

16. ________ from beijing to london!

a. how long way it is b. what a long way is it

c. how long way is it d. what a long way it is

17. - we haven't been to the great wall for ages.

- no, i don't remember how many years ago _______ i last visited it.

a. it was that b. was it that c. it was when d. was it when

18. it was not until the beginning of the meeting _____ he realized _____ i told

him was the only possible way to deal with the problem.

a. that; what b. what; that c. when; what d. when; that

19. was it in 1969 ____ the american astronauts succeeded ____ landing on the

moon?

a when; on b. that; on c. when; in d. that; in

20. that was really a splendid evening．it's years ______ i enjoyed myself so

much．

a．when b．that c. before d．since

21. someone is ringing the doorbell. go and see .

a. who is he b. who he is c. who is it d. who it is

22. in fact is a hard job for the police to keep order in an important football match.

a. this b. that c. there d. it

23. since you have repaired my computer, is no need for me to buy a new one.

a. it b. there c. this d. that

24. the official made clear that he would do everything possible to solve the problem.

a. it b. this c. that d. him

25. ---do you like here?

---oh, yes, the air, the weather and the way of life. everything is so nice.

a. this b. there c. that d. it

26. bill’s aim is to inform the viewers that cigarette advertising in tv is illegal, ?

a. isn’t it b. is it c. isn’t he d. is he

27. is mentioned above, the number of the students in senior high school is increasing.

a. which b. as c. that d. it

28. it was with great joy he received the news that his lost daughter had been found.

a. because b. it c. since d. that

29. it is the ability to do the job matters not where you come from or what you are.

a. one b. that c. what d. it

30. little joy can equal to ______of a surprising ending when you read stories.

a. that b. it c. any d. some

31. ---- did anybody ask for me during my absence?

---- yes, ______ called black asked to see you.

a. he b. it c. one d. that

32. --- i hear you’ve written another novel.

- -- yes. _______ be out in a month or two.

a. that can b. one may c. it should d. the one will

33. .it is ______of you to cheat in the exam.

a. dangerous b. difficult c. foolish d. kind

34. --- steven has got the first prize in the maths contest.

--- ______ is no wonder that he looks so happy today.

a. as b. it c. this d. that

35. it is what you do rather than what you say ____matters.

a. that b. what c. which d. this

1-5 cbddc 6-10 ccaba 11-15 bbbac 16－20 daadd

21-25 ddbad 26-30 abdba 31-35 cccba

责任编辑：李芳芳

篇4：语法专项系列之二代词 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

语法专项系列之二

代词

1. 并列代词的顺序:

单数为: 二, 三，一, you , he and i should return on time.

复数为: 一， 二, 三, we , you , and they are all right.

2. 反身代词的几种用法:

feel / be ~ 身体好, 行动正常, he is not quite himself today.

by ~ = alone

for~ 亲自

enjoy ~/ = have a good time

seat~ = sit

devote ~ to ---

help ~ to

come to ~ 苏醒过来

make ~ at home 不拘束, 不客气

3. each other/ one another

前者指两者互相, 后者指三者或以上互相, 所有格, 直接在它们后加’s

4. other/ the other/ another

other 常与复数名词和不可数名词连用, 但当可数名前有the / this/ that 等修饰时可用.

the other 是两者中的另一个, 常与one 连用 形成: one --- the other 或the other 复数名词=the others

another 是三者或以上的任何一个, 也表示 再, 另, 和数词搭配 如: another three

5. it/ one/ that 做替代词的区别

it同类同物

one同类不同物

that后常有of短语修饰时, 或有过去分词, 从句等修饰.

6. none/ no one/ nothing

none 指代人或物, 单复数都可以, 可和of短语连用, 用来回答how many/ much疑问

no one 指 人, 只用可数, 不跟of短语, 回答who 疑问句

nothing 指物, 回答what

eg.

no one / nobody is absent today.

----did you have any trouble with the customs? ----- none

7. few, little, a few, a little

8. either, neither 表两者, 可跟 of短语 谓语动词用单数形式

9. 部分否定与全部否定

但否定词与all , both, every及every类(everybody/ everyone/ everything)的词连用时, 不论否定词的位置前后都表部分否定

如: not all the ss are working hard.

all the students are not working hard.

much of what you say i agree with, but i cannot go all the way with you .

用none, no one, nobody, nothing表全部否定

10. every / each

every 强调集体, 指三者或以上, 与not 连用表部分否定

each 强调个体, 可接of 短语, 指两者或以上, 与not连用表全部否定

11. any, 在肯定句中指两者或以上的人或事中的任何一个

any 类 用于否定/疑问/条件句中不表任何意义

anyone= anybody 仅指人

any one 指人或物

12. some

修饰 可数名词或不可数

表 “某一”时= a certain some 后不跟复数名词, 而certain 可跟复数名词

13. 疑问代词的注意点:

who 在句中可做主语或宾语, 但是不能跟介词后

whom 在句中只作宾语,

what 无范围

which 知在一定的范围的哪一个

如: the ties are all in good quality and style, so i don’t know which one to choose from.

责任编辑：李芳芳

篇5：精选代词综合复习题90 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

精选代词综合复习题90

1、- which of these two skirts will you take?

-i’ll take , to give one of them to my sister.

a. either b both c. all d. neither

2、- do you speak chinese, or japanese?

- i don’t speak of them. （，太原）

a. none b. all c. neither d. either

3、- how about the price of these washing machines?

- they are at least equal in price to, if not cheaper than, at other stores. （2003，南京）

a. others b. ones c. that d. those

4、- your coffee smells great！

- it’s from mexico. would you like ?

a. it b. some c. this d. little

5、meeting my uncle after all these years was an unforgettable moment, i will always

treasure. （nmet , 35）

a. that b. one c. it d. what

6、dr. black comes from either oxford or cambridge, i can’t remember .

（nmet, , 9）

a. where b. there c. which d. that

7、it was he said disappointed me. （上海，5）

a. what; that b. that; that c. what; what d. that; what

8、he and his brother are as tall as .

a. each of them b. themselves c. each other d. each other’s

9、- did get through the driving test?

-no, . a few failed.

a. everybody; not all b. anybody; no one

c. everybody; none d. anybody; not all

10、even if they are on sale, these refrigerators are equal in price to, if not more expensive than,

at the other stores. （2003，黄冈中学）

a. anyone b. the others c. that d. the ones

11、- excuse me, i want to have my watch fixed, but i can’t find a repair shop.

- i know nearby. come on, i’ll show you. （2003，长春）

a. one b. it c. some d. that

12、the parkers bought a new house but will need a lot of work before they can move in. （nmet , 25）

a. they b. it c. one d. which

13、some people would rather ride bikes as bike ridding has of the trouble of taking buses.（上海，11）

a. nothing b. none c. some d. neither

14、- which of the two books do you want?

- i want . please show me .

a. none; another b. all; the other c. neither; the other d. neither; another

15、who can you turn to in time of danger, it not .

a. any b. us c. we d. ours

16、- there must be a dozen pens in this house but i can never find one when i need one.

- keep looking. is sure to turn up. （2003，海淀）

a. one b. it c. that d. this

17、the best job is which uses your skill in doing something together with your interest in the subject. （2003，东北三校）

a. something b. the one c. one d. it

18、if you can dream , you can do .(2003，福州)

a. one; it b. it; one c. one; one d. it; it

19、some of the wheat is from canada. what about ? （2001上海春季，24）

a. another b. the other c. others d. the rest

20、we are trying to do the work better with money and people.

a. less; a little b. less; fewer c. fewer; less d. a few; a little

21、animals do not “talk” with words. they use smells, sounds and movements to communicate

with animal. （2003，东城）

a. any other b. another c. each other d. the other

22、- there’s coffee and tea; you can have .

-thanks.

a. either b. each c. one d. it

23、don’t’ that all these who get good grades in the entrance examination will prove to be most successful. （1998上海，23）

a. take as granted b. take this for granted

c. take that of granted d. take it for granted

24、- is there anyone who is going to the great wall?

- .

a. none b. no one c. no d. not any

25、if a student can make what has been learned , whether in class or from social practice,

he will make steady progress. （2003， 南京）

a. his own b. him c. himself d. his

26、the mother didn’t know to blame for the broken glass as it happened while she was out.（nmet 2002, 24）

a. who b. when c. how d. what

27、they were all very tired, but of them would stop to take a rest. （nmet 1995, 16）

a. any b. some c. none d. neither

28、forty percent of the students in our class are boys, are girls.

a. the others b. others c. another d. the other

29、a sheep on this kind of special grass which usually grows much faster than

on ordinary. （2003，南京）

a. fed; one b. feeds; the one c. fed; that d. feeding; it

30、i hope there are enough glasses for each guest to have . （nmet 1995, 21）

a. it b. those c. them d. one

31、the population of china is larger than of japan.

a. those b. the one c. that d. it

32、- have you finished all of the exercises?

- yes, completely. is left. （2003，黄冈）

a. nothing b. no one c. neither d. none

33、life in the city is quite different from in the country. （2003，徐州）

a. that b. one c. the one d. which

34、if this dictionary is not yours, can it be? （nmet 2001北京春季，13）

a. what else b. who else c. which else’s d. who else’s

35、- wasn’t it dr. wang who spoke to you just now?

- . （1996上海，28）

a. i didn’t know he was b. yes, it was

c. no, he wasn’t d. yes, he did

36、is it has made peter he is today?

a. what; that; that b. that; that; what

c. what; what; that d. what; that; what

37、- the boys are not doing a good job at all, are they?

- . （nmet 2003北京春季，22）

a. i guess not so b. i don’t guess c. i don’t guess so d. i guess not

38、it was because of bad weather the football match had to be put off. （2003上海春季）

a. so b. so that c. why d. that

39、joan had often heard said that marley had no money.

a. one b. once c. it d. her

40、- is your school life of other teens?

- in many ways, yes. （2003，重庆）

a. this b. the same c. one d. that

41、equipped with modern facilities, today’s libraries differ greatly from . （2003上海春季）

a. those of the past b. the past c. which of the past d. these past

42、the children were catching butterflies in the garden. some caught a lot, and others caught

at all.

a. nothing b. none c. no one d. neither

43、jack is one of those men who i am sure always do best even in the most difficult

situations. （2003，长春）

a. his b. your c. their d. one’s

44、there’s a feeling in me we’ll never know what a ufo is - not ever. （2002上海，35）

a. that b. which c. of which d. what

45、try hard to make what the teachers teach , and you’ll make rapid progress in your studies.

a. you b. yours c. yourself d. yourselves

46、we can’t believe that he drew such a big conclusion according to he took for granted（想当然）. （2003，南京）

a. as b. that c. what d. it

47、our city has changed a lot; who can tell what it will be like in ten years? （2003，黄冈

中学）

a. other b. next c. more d. another

48、it is the ability to do the job matters not where you come from or what are.

（nmet , 24）

a. one b. that c. what d. it

49、iraq promised in time to destroy guided missiles（导弹）the following day.

（2003，金华九校）

a. such five other b. another five such

c. other such five d. five another such

50、both teams were in hard training, was willing to lose the game. （2001上海，22）

a. either b. neither c. another d. the other

51、- susan, go and join your sister cleaning the yard.

- why ? john is sitting there doing nothing.

a. him b. he c. i d. me

52、in face is a hard job for the police to keep order in an important football match.

（2001上海，33）

a. this b. that c. there d. it

53、he is one of the students, who, i’m sure, always do best.

a. his b. my c. one’s d. their

54、i would appreciate very much if you could change the plan a bit to make it more

workable. （2003，金华九校）

a. it b. that c. this d. you

55、- do you want tea or coffee?

- . i really don’t mind. （nmet 2000北京春季，6）

a. both b. none c. either d. neither

56、who was that called him “comrade?”

a. one b. that c. it d. her

57、when you are reading fast, your eyes will be one or two word groups ahead your mind is

taking on. （2003，东北三校）

a. one b. the others c. the one d. others

58、child is pleased, for of them has got his own share. （2003，山西）

a. each; each b. every; every c. every; each d. each; everyone

59、- he was nearly drowned once.

- when was ?

- was in 1998 when he was in middle school. （nmet 2002 北京春季，30）

a. that; it b. this; this c. this; it d. that; this

60、- do you have a camera?

- no. but my farther has . he just bought a week ago.

a. one; one b. it; it c. one; it d. it; one

61、the book you refer to isn’t . it belongs to .

a. mine; her b. mine; hers c. me; you d. his; mine

62、- hello. is that mr. white or mr. jack speaking?

- sorry, . （2003，兰州）

a. both of them are not in b. none of them are in

c. neither of them is out d. would you please ring them up this afternoon?

63、i agree with most of what you said, but i don’t agree with . （nmet , 14）

a. everything b. anything c. something d. nothing

64、- can you come for dinner on saturday or sunday?

- i’m afraid day is possible. （2003, 南通）

a. either b. neither c. some d. any

65、shanghai is larger than in china.

a. all cities b. any city c. any other city d. any other cities

66、- where is my blue shirt?

- it’s in the washing machine. you have to wear different one. （nmet 2003，春）

a. any b. the c. a d. other

67、it was such a tiny village that knew else well.

a. anybody; somebody b. everybody; everybody

c. anybody; anybody d. nobody; nobody

68、- who knocked at the door?

- i’ve no idea. i just pretended nobody was at home, so i didn’t ask who was.

（2003，昆明）

a. he b. that c. she d. it

69、was in 1979 i graduated from university. （1998上海，4）

a. that; that b. it; that c. that; when d. it; when

70、- why don’t we take a little break?

- didn’t we just have ? （nmet 2000, 23）

a. it b. that c. one d. this

71、doesn’t seem to have been any difficulty solving the problem.

a. it b. he c. there d. that

72、- of them is your english teacher?

-the man wearing a blue coat.

a. which b. who c. what d. whom

73、- who is making so much nose in the garden?

- the children. （2003，海淀）

a. it is b. they are c. that is d. there

74、shanghai is really a fascinating city and we’ve decided to stay for two weeks.

a. another b. other c. the other d. other’s

75、one of the sides of the board should be painted yellow, and . （nmet 2000北京春季，21）

a. the other is white b. another white

c. the other white d. another is white

76、friendship will not come to you naturally when you show to others. （2003，辽宁）

a. none b. nothing c. no one d. little

77、few pleasures can equal of a cool drink on a hot day. （nmet 1999广东，29）

a. some b. any c. that d. those

78、- what kind of food would you like to eat?

- but japanese.

- how about korean, then? （2003，西城）

a. anything b. something c. everything d. nothing

79、please write your composition line to leave space for the teacher’s correction.

a. one another b. each other c. any other d. every other

80、with she needed . she left the market-place. （2003，徐州）

a. something; to buy b. anything; having bought

c. everything; buying d. everything; bought

81、i hate when people talk with their mouths full. （nmet 1998, 8）

a. it b. that c. these d. them

82、it is these poisonous products can cause the symptoms of the flu, such as headache and aching muscles.

a. who b. that c. how d. what

83、three people spoke at the meeting. was a doctor; was a student; was a teacher.

a. he; she; i b. the first; the other; the rest

c. one; another; the third d. this; that; the last

84、- have you informed tom and ann that some foreign experts will visit our company at 8:00

tomorrow morning?

- yes, i have. but of them asked me to tell you that they would not be able to come.

a. any b. either c. both d. two

85、is a fact that english is being accepted as an international language.

（nmet 1995,36）

a. there b. this c. that d. it

86、- don’t you think jack’s health has been ruined by over drinking?

- yes, he told me himself. （2003，东北三校）

a. the thing b. it c. so d. the fact

87、friends betty had made there were all invited to her birthday party. （1997上海，21）

a. few of b. few c. the few d. a few

88、- you’re always working. come on, let’s go shopping.

- you ever want to do is going shopping. （2002北京春季， 32）

a. anything b. something c. all d. that

89、of all my friends will be able to persuade tom to change his mind. he is so firm upon it.

a. some b. anyone c. none d. neither

90、it was for this reason her uncle moved out of new york and settled down in a small village. （2001上海春季，32）

a. which b. why c. that d. how

答案解析：

1、b 从答语“我要将其中一条给妹妹”可知答话人两条裙子都要买。

2、d 根据语境“你说汉语还是日语？”“我哪种语言都不讲”所以not…either表示两者都不，故选d。

3、d 用those来代替复数名词。

4、b 文中指的是“一些咖啡”，a it表示全部咖啡，不合理，c this指“这个”不修饰不可数名词，在句中不能单独使用，故排除a，c。

5、b one指人moment作同位语，解释一个永远珍惜的时刻。i will always treasure是定语从句，作one的定语，省略了关系代词which或that。

6、c 布莱克教授来自牛津大学或剑桥大学，我不记得是哪一座大学。“哪一座”要用which表达。

7、a 这是强调句，对what引导的主语从句进行强调，what在主语从句中作said的宾语。

8、c each other 表示“互相”。

9、a 此题用everybody强调“每个人都通过了驾驶测试吗？”答语no, not all为部分否定，与下文a few failed相吻合。

10、d “if not more expensive than”当成是插入语，“these refrigerators are equal in price to

at the other stores”，空格代替the refrigerators所以不能用anyone，that；而b由于数目不定，不能加the。

11、a one用来代替刚提到的人或一种可数的物，it也指刚刚提到过的事物，但指同一个，c、d显然不符合题意。

12、b it在句子中的指代the parkers所买的房子。在英语中，如果所指的是同种事物要用代词it和they（them）；如果指代的是同一类事物要用代词one和ones。

13、b nothing是不定代词，不能放在介词of的前面：neither（两者）都不；some与句子的意思不符，都不能作为答案。none of the trouble of taking buses没有乘公共汽车的麻烦。

14、d 答语意为：“两本我都不要，请给我另外一本。”其他三个选项不定代词表达的数上或意思上与问候语相矛盾。

15、b turn to sb. 表示“向……请求帮助”。从句是个省略句。if not us即if you don’t turn to us.

16、a 此处one特指上文提到的“the one i need”。

17、c 该句中缺少一个先行词，a，b项也可做先行词，但引导词应用that，因此正确选项为c。

18、d if you can dream it, you can do it意思是如果你能想到你就能做到，it和one作代词时，one指代前已提到过的可数名词的单数形式，复数用ones，而it即可指代可数名词也可指代不可数名词。

19、d wheat是不可数名词，不能用others代替。the rest既可以代可数名词，也可以代不可数名词。

20、b less是little的比较级，fewer是few的比较级，都表示“较少”，前者通常修饰不可数名词，后者修饰可数名词。

21、c 根据意思排除a、d，而b another用于one…another所以选c，“他们之间交流”。

22、a either用于肯定句时表示“（两者中的）任一个”。因为只有coffee和tea可供选择，所以要选either。

23、d take it for granted是固定搭配，想当然。it在句子中作形式宾语，that从句作真正的宾语。

24、b none通常回答“how many…？”的用语，此处no one“没有人”，回答一般疑问句用“is there anyone…？”合适。

25、d 这道题主要考查对句意的理解，“如果一个学生能够把所学的知识变成他自己的东西，不管是在课堂上还是在社会实践上，他就能取得稳步的发展”，his是名词性物主代词，相当于his own knowledge。

26、a know后接“疑问词＋to do sth”作宾语。blame是及物动词，who表示人，作宾语。妈妈不知道对她碰巧外出时玻璃被打破这件事该责备谁。

27、c 根据but一词可知没有人愿意停下来休息。要填none。前句中用力代词all，说明不止两个人，所以neither不能作为答案。

28、a the others特指一定范围内的其他全部，意为“其余的”。

29、a 用过去分词修饰a sheep表示被动，one代替前面的单数名词a sheep。

30、d glass当“玻璃杯”讲时，是可数名词，要用one代替。

31、c population作“人口”的总称是不可数名词，不可数名词在比较状语从句中第二次提到时用that代替，不能用one(s)，those替代。

32、d 一道题也没有留下。no one指人，neither两者都不。

33、a 在这道题中，that用来代替抽象名词，one与the one都是指代可数名词的。

34、d who else其他什么人。条件状语从句中所说是谁的词典，主句的主语要用所有格who else’s，表示其他什么人的。

35、b 疑问句是一个强调句，it在句子中作主语，所以回答这样的问题也要用yes，it was或no，it wasn’t。

36、d 首项填入what，即强调句型中被强调的部分，第二项填入that构成强调句型；is it…that…？第三项填入what引起一个名词性从句作peter的补足语。

37、d i guess not. 我认为他们没做好工作。为了避免重复，用not替代are not doing a good job at all。

38、d 这是一个强调句，对because of bad weather进行强调。强调句的结构是“it is（was）＋被强调部分＋that（who）”。

39、c 此处用it作形式宾语，代替后面的that从句。过去分词said作宾语补语。

40、d that指school life意为“你的学校生活像其他十几岁的人吗？”而其他选项并不能指代，one of表示其中之一。

41、a those指代上文提到的libraries，those of the past指过去的图书馆。

42、b none用来特指前面提到的butterflies；none＝not any butterflies。

43、c 根据句意排除b，考查“do one’s best”的用法，jack只是这么众多人中敢于面对困难的人之一，分析清楚句子前后关系可以判断c为正确答案。

44、a 同位语从句that we’ll never know what a ufo is -not ever作a feeling的同位语，解释a feeling的具体内容。that连接同位语从句时，只起连接作用，不作从句的任何成分。

45、b to make what the teachers teach yours意为：“使老师教的内容变成你自己的知识”，what the teacher teach使make的宾语，yours作make的宾语补足语。

46、c what引导名词性从句作介词to的宾语。

47、d another再，又一；其它均不对。

48、b 这是强调句，对主语the ability to do the job进行强调。

49、b 考查定语与中心语的修饰关系，我们一般用another＋基数词表示“另外几个”“又有几个”，如：please have another one apple. “再吃一个苹果吧”，故我们用another five，表示中心词的性质的词语较数词来说要离中心词近，如：another ten big apples“还有10个大苹果”。

50、b 所提供的语境是两队都在刻苦训练，双方都不愿意在比赛中失败，要选neither。

51、d 在自由对话中，常用人称代词的宾格代替主格。

52、d it在句子中作形式主语。真正的主语是to keep order in an important football match。

53、d who always do their best是一个非限定性定语从句，修饰students，i’m sure是插入语。

54、a 我们在英语中用it做形式主语或形式宾语，不用其他词，该句正是缺少一个形式宾语。

55、c 问话中使用了连词or，表示让对方选择茶或咖啡。根据答句i really don’t mind，可确定要填either，（两者中的）任意一种。

56、c 此句为强调句型的问句。疑问词who用来提问被强调的主语。空白处填入it。

57、c 此处the one指代the group为先行词，因后面有定语从句修饰，必须用the。

58、c 此处考查every和each的区别，each指一定数目中的“每一个”，“个别”意义较重；every指数目不确定的许多人或物中间的“每一个”，“整体”意义较重，表示“大家一致”；根据这个分析应选c，小孩们都高兴，因为他们中的每一个都获得了自己的一份。

59、a that用于指代前面提到的事。when was that？那件事是什么时候发生的？回答when was that？时，要用it指代上文提到的事。it was in 1998 when he was in middle school. 那是在他在中学时。

60、c 第一空白处填one表示泛指，第二处填it，指爸爸有的那台相机。

61、a 前项用名词性物主代词mine作表语；后项用宾格代词her作介词to的宾语。

62、d 根据语法，a中为不完全否定，不合题意，b中none用于否定三个或三个以上单位名词的群体，c的意思不对。

63、a i don’t agree with everything. 是一个部分否定的句子，和前面的i agree with most of what you said。（我同意你说的大部分意见。）意思相近。

64、b 表示哪一天都不可能。

65、c 本题是以上海与中国的其它城市比，则要排除本身。其排除方法可用any other＋单数名词（一般不用复数）。若将上海同其它国家城市比，就不须用other了。

66、c 题意知识简单表示“需要意见衣服”，由于不知“我”共有几件衣服，故排除b，other前无the，后需用复数名词，排除d，any过于强调“任意一个”把问题考虑得过于复杂，不选a。

67、c 此句意思是：“任何人都知道任何别的人”。

68、d 此题未指明敲门人的性别，所以用it。

69、b 这是强调句，对时间状语in 1979进行强调。

70、c break是可数名词，休息。one表示泛指，指代a little break。

71、c there与seem连用，表示“好像（存在）有”。不定式to have been是to be的完成体。

72、a 从答语“那位穿外套的人”可知提问的是“众多人中的哪一位”。

73、a 答案写完整是一个强调句型：it is the children that is making so much noise in the garden.

74、a another在一般情况下后接单数名词或one。意思是“另一个”。但如果复数名词前有数词或few，several等词，可用another修饰，意思是“另外多少个”。

75、c 这是一个省略句，在the other和white之间省略了is painted。选项a有很大的干扰性，the other is white的意思是“另一面是白色的”，而不是“漆成白色的”。

76、a 要根据选项中各自意思来分别，none，“没有人”，“nothing没有任何东西”；little“少许，几乎没有”；no one“没有人”；nothing“没什么可见”；“none”意义要广一些，用“none”较合题意。

77、c that在句子中代the pleasure。一些考生只注意到few pleasures是复数，而没有注意到这里指的是饮一杯冷饮的乐趣，误填those。

78、a “but japanese”除了日本之外的，可知其意思是除日本的anything。

79、d 本题旨在考查“每隔……”这一习惯表达。every other line意为“每隔一行”，every other day意为“每隔一天”。

80、d 这道题考查with短语的用法以及对整个句子的历届。她把一切需要买的东西买过后就离开市场了，首先要强调“每件东西都买了”，所以用everything，而选项c用ing形式表明动作仍在进行，这与整个句意不相符。故选d。

81、a it在句子中作形式宾语。when引导的从句作真正的宾语。

82、b 这是一个强调句，对主语these poisonous products进行强调。

83、c 列举三个人或物时用：one…, another (or a second), the third (or the other); 列举四个人或物时用：one…, another…, a third…, the fourth (or the other)。

84、c 根据问话中tom和ann是两个人，又根据but表示转折，所以选c，both表示两者都。

85、d that english is being accepted as an international language是主语从句。it作形式主语。

86、c 此处用so代指“jack’s health has been ruined by over drinking”。

87、c friends后接定语从句，要在few前加定冠词the。

88、c all后接定语从句you ever want to do, 省略了作to do宾语的关系代词that。

89、c 从下文he is so firm upon it可知“所有朋友中没有人能说服汤姆改变主意”。

90、c 这是一个强调句。对for this reason进行强调，其明显标志是介词for。

责任编辑：李芳芳

篇6：考点2 代词和数词 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

考点2 代词和数词

1. you will find as you read this book that you just can’t keep some of these stones to . you will want to share them with a friend.

a. itself b. yourself c. himself d. themselves

2. - who called me this morning when i was not?

- a man calling robert.

a. him b. himself c. his d. /

3. catherine bought a postcard of the place she was visiting, addressed to and then posted it at the nearby post office.

a. it; her b. it; herself c. herself; her d. herself; herself

4. the girl insisted on seeing the manager , not any of his assistant.

a. by herself b. herself c. by himself d. himself

5. tom felt that he knew everybody’s business than they knew it .

a. themselves b. oneself c. itself d. himself

6. there at the door stood a girl about the same age .

a. as me b. as mine c. with me d. with mine.

7. jack is one of those men who i am sure always do best even in the most difficult situations.

a. his b. your c. their d. one’s

8. if a student can make what has been learned , whether in class or social practice, he will make steady progress.

a. his own b. him c. himself d. his

9. of all the books on the desk, is of any use for our study.

a. nothing b. no one c. neither d. none

10. we haven’t enough books for , some of you will have to share.

a. somebody b. anybody c. everybody d. nobody

11. i got the story from tom and people who had worked with him.

a. every other b. many others c. some other d. other than

12. it is easy to do the repair. you need is a hammer and some nails.

a. something b. all c. both d. everything

13. we had three sets of garden tools and we seemed to have no use for .

a. none b. either c. any d. each

14. - one week’s time has been wasted.

- i can’t believe we did all that work for .

a. something b. nothing c. everything d. anything

15. young people may grow quickly in some ways and more slowly in .

a. the other b. some other c. others d. those others

16. if you want to change for a double room you’ll have to pay 30 dollars.

a. another b. other c. more d. each

17. i’m moving to the countryside because the air there is much fresher than in the city.

a. ones b. one c. that d. those

18. the chairman thought necessary to invite professor smith to speak at the meeting.

a. that b. it c. this d. him

19. as the busiest woman in norton, she made her duty to look after all the other people' s affairs in that town.

a. this b. that c. one d. it

20. he hasn’t slept at all for three days. he is tired out. .

a. there is no point b. there is no need c. it is no wonder d. it is no way

21. cars do cause us some health problems --- in fact for more serious than mobile phones do.

a. one b. ones c. it d. those

22. i prefer a car made in a developed country to made in such a poor developing country.

a. that; as b. one; as c. one; like d. that; like

23. i intended to compare notes with a friend, but unfortunately couldn’t spare me even one minute.

a. they b. one c. who d. it

24. he did it it took me.

a. one-third a time b. one-third time c. the one-third time d. one-third the time

25. - what can i do for you?

- i’d like to take these tomatoes.

a. two dozen of b. two dozen c. two dozens d. two dozens of

26. one and a half bananas left on the table.

a. is b. are c. has d. have

27. with more forests being destroyed, huge quantities of good earth each year.

a. is washing away b. is being washed away

c. are washing away d. are being washed away

28. the writer of the novel is a professor in his .

a. thirty b. thirtieth c. thirty’s d. thirties

29. people in the world are sending information by e-mail everyday.

a. several million b. many millions c. several millions d. many million

30. - how far is it to london from here?

- oh, it’s only a bus-ride.

a. five minutes b. five-minute c. five minute’s d. five-minutes

31. i will chance whether it is possible or not.

a. it b. that c. this d. one

32. if i can help , i don't like working late into the night.

a. so b. that c. it d. them

33. you will find as you read this book that you just can’t keep some of these stories to . you will want to share them with a friend.

a. itself b. yourself c. himself d. themselves

34. no progress was made in the trade talk as neither side would accept the conditions of .

a. others b. the other c. either d. another

35. we’ve been looking at houses but haven’t found __ we like yet.

a. one b. ones c. it d. them

36. i’m moving to the countryside because the air there is much fresher than in the city.

a. ones b. one c. that d. those

37. cars do cause us some health problems in fact far serious than mobile phones do.

a. one b. ones c. it d. those

38. the real test of english is whether they can speak, read, write and orally understand well standard english.

a. everyone’s b. anyone’s c. someone’s d. nobody’s

39. whatever great achievements the future may have in store for china, is likely that many of them will be born in zhongguancun.

a. it b. which c. she d. that

40. - i hear john is much worse now.

- how can be? he looked better when we saw him in the hospital this morning.

a. he b. it c. this d. one

41. - there must be a dozen pens in this house but i can never find one when i need them.

- keep looking. is sure to turn up.

a. one b. it c. that d. this

42. - it’s a lovely day, isn’t it?

- yes, i love when the weather is like this. why don’t we sit outside and have our lunch?

a. this b. that c. it d. one

43. - where can i get the delicious food you bought yesterday?

- it is sold everywhere. you can get it at __ shop.

a. each b. any c. some d. certain

44. he has lived in london and new york, but he doesn’t like __ city.

a. neither b. either c. both d. all

45. hurry up if you want to buy something for the party as there is hardly left in the fridge.

a. something b. anything c. nothing d. none

46. he thought there would be many people at the show but when he arrived he found ______.

a. no one b. nobody c. nothing d. none

47. i just remember i once saw this woman day, but i’m not sure when and where exactly.

a. the other b. another c. other d. any

48. you asked us to send you our price and catalogue for the season. i’m sure you will find plenty to interest you in

a. it b. this c. one d. those

49. - where can we have supper tonight?

- oh, if you don’t mind, we can do it at of the restaurants.

a. all b. every c. any d. each

50. - which side can i sit in the boat?

- if you sit still, you can sit on side.

a. neither b. every c. both d. either

51. the articles made of leather cost much more than of plastic.

a. that b. those c. it d. ones

52. friends betty had made there all invited to her birthday party.

a. a few; was b. the few; were c. few; were d. few of; was

53. mr. johnson enjoyed ________ again by working in the factory because he always hates while staying alone at home all day long.

a. him; that b. it; it c. himself; it d. himself; that

54. it is rare in that people in fifties are going to university for further education.

a. 90s; the b. the 90s; / c. 90s; their d. the 90s; their

55. - have you finished all of the exercises?

- yes, completely. is left.

a. nothing b. no one c. neither d. none

56. e-mail, as well as telephones, an important part in daily communication.

a. is playing b. have played c. are playing d. play

57. if you can dream , you can do .

a. one; it b. it; one c. one; one d. it; it

58. when you are reading fast, your eyes will be one or two word groups ahead of your mind is taking in.

a. one b. the others c. the one d. others

59. nowadays everything strange is strange. that is to say, any unexpected thing is possible to happen.

a. something b. anything c. nothing d. everything

60. the trainer praised me, for what i did was better than of the top player on the team.

a. any b. each c. that d. those

61. i’m, just as is sung in a song, . i live on my own.

a. someone b. somebody c. anybody d. nobody

考点小资料：常用数词短语

one at a time 一次一个的 one by one 一个一个的

one in a thousand 千里挑一 one-to-one 一对一的

ten to one 十之八九 by the dozen 以打计

by the hundred 以百计 in tens 十个十个的

one in(out of)ten 十个中的一个

考点小资料：常见的反身代词短语

by oneself（alone） 独自地，亲自 to oneself 暗自

for oneself 为自己 in oneself 本质上

of oneself 自动地，自发地 be oneself 处于正常状态下，显得自然

seat oneself=sit 坐下 enjoy oneself 玩得愉快

dress oneself in 穿着…… help oneself to 随便吃……，自行取用

come to oneself 苏醒 make oneself at home 不要客气

devote oneself to 专心于，献身于…… find oneself in/ at 发觉自己来到……

teach oneself 自学 lose oneself 迷路

excuse oneself 自我辩解

责任编辑：李芳芳

篇7：语法系列复习二-----代词 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

语法系列复习专题二-----代词

代词的分类

1.人称代词：有主格、宾格、所有格（含形容词性和名词性两种所有格）

2.反身代词:myself ,yourself ,himself ,herself ,itself ,ourselves ,yourselves

themselves

3.指示代词:this ,that ,these ,those

4.疑问代词:who ,whom ,what ,which

5.相互代词:each other ,one another

6.不定代词:some ,any ,all ,both ,none ,one, each ,either ,neither ,other ,another,

something ,anything ,nothing ,anyone ,anybody , someone ,somebody ,nobody

7.关系代词(用于定语从句):who ,whom ,whose，that ,which ,as

代词用法注意点

1.名词性所有格代词可作主语、宾语、表语，可用于双重所有格。例如：

this isnt my book. its his. mine is in the bag. /is she a friend of yours ?/do

you think this bag of mine beautiful ?/she lost some pencils of hers.

2.反身代词可用于某些固定搭配。例如：

①(all)by oneself 自己单干，独立干：

the boy usually finishes his homework by himself.

②of oneself 自动地，自行地：

mary will correct her mistakes in the exercises of herself.

③for oneself 替/为自己：you have to choose for yourself.

3.指示代词this/these一般用来指时间和空间上较近的人或物；that/those 常指时间和

空间上较远的人或物。

进行比较时，that可代替不可数名词或单数名词以避免重复；those 可代替复数名词以

免重复。例如：

the water of the well is cleaner than that of the river./the christmas cards are

much better than those you bought yesterday.

4.相互代词each other ,one another.前者通常指两者之间的“相互”，后者侧重三者或三

者以上的“相互”，也可指两者之间的“相互”。

5.不定代词

①some多用于肯定句；any多用于否定句，疑问句或条件句中。另外some可用于表示请求、

提议或者希望得到肯定回答的疑问句中，修饰可数名词，表示“任何、无论哪一个”

例如：

if you have any ink ,please give me some.

edison became quite expert at it and could find work in any town he went to.

②all 与none

all表示“三者或三者以上全部”，可以修饰可数、不可数名词。none用于表示对三个或

三个以上的人或物的否定，意思是“没有什么人，没有什么东西”，可作主语和宾语。none

of…后的谓语可以是单数或复数形式。none可以简略回答以how many或how much开头

的疑问句。

例如：

none of them have/has failed.

-- how many books are there on the desk ? -- none.

注意：no one (＝nobody)不同于none ,作主语时只能跟单数谓语，不可跟of短语连用，

回答以who开头的问句，不能回答how many/much …开头的问句。

例如：

-- who is in the room ? -- no one(＝nobody).

--is there any oil in the glass ? -- none.

③other ,another ,the other ,others ,the others

other表示“没有范围的，其他的”，与名词复数连用。如：other books/boys/…

another泛指很多中的“另一个”，可作代词或形容词用，代替或修饰单数可数名词。

如：

i dont like this hat ,please show me another.

the other可作代词或形容词用，指已知的事物或人中的“另一个”，或另一方中的“全

部其他的”。

如：

i have two sisters.one is a student and the other is a worker./i can see only

two teachers in the office.where are the other teachers ?

others泛指其他的人或物；the others特指其余的人或物。others常和some对比使用。

例如：

thirty students in our class are boys ,the others are girls.

some are carrying water ,others are watering the trees.

④one作为不定代词，泛指“任何人”（包括说话人在内），还可用来代替上文出现过的可

数名词（指人或物），并有复数形式ones。

例如：

i have bought a new bike.my old one doesnt work./one must do ones duty.

注意：one ,that都可代替前面出现过的单数名词，但这样用时，one可被前置或后置

定语修饰,that只能被后置定语修饰。

例如：

this book is the one that is needed by him.

my seat is next to that of our teacher.

代词考点分析

1.-- when shall we meet again ?

-- make it _____ day you like;its all the same to me.(高考题)

a．one b．any c．some d．another

析： 此题答案为b。若选a，one day意“过去/将来的某一天”；若选c,some day意“有朝一日”、“将来某一天”、“迟早”；若选d，another day意“改日”、“又/另一天”；选b，any day意“随便哪一天”、“无论哪一天”，显然它适合此题。

2.im reading a new book these days ,_____ in english.

a.it b.that c.one d.which

析： 排除a选项it的原因是因为it前或后都不可放定语；若选b项that,则因其不能替代同一事物，也可排除；至于d项which，因其是定语从句引导词，在此明显不合用。只有c项one一方面它可有前置或后置定语，另一方面它可以替代前面出现的名词a book,故是正确答案。

3.there were two boys who called and i gave an apple to _____.

a.every b.all c.either d.each

析： 由题干内容可知有两个孩子在叫喊，故all（指三者或三者以上）不可选；every表“两者中任意的一个”，在此不符合情景之需要。只有d,each(两者中的每一个)填入空白才合题干内容。

4.we dont know _____ of the visitors here;we only know some.

a.everyone b.every one c.anybody d.each one

析： 因为everyone ,everybody ,anybody等不定代词一般不带限定语（此处不能与of短语连用），故a、c选项可排除。若选d项，因not…each结构表全否定，与下句“we only know some”不合，故不能成立。只有选b时，not…every表半否定，与下句意相合。

5.young people may grow quickly in some ways and more slowly in _____.

(上海题)

a.the other b.some other c.others d.those other

析： 根据in some ways（在某些方面），可知空白处要选表达复数意义的词，据此可排除a、b；又因为没有those other这样的词语，故可排除d。根据some常与others相呼应使用规律，可定c为正确答案。

6.the question is too difficult and we found _____.

a.it not easy to answer it b.it was not easy for us to answer it

c.its not easy to answer d.it not easy to answer

析： 根据时态一致规律，we found后不可跟c选项；要表达“那个问题不容易答。”这一意思时，应说the question is not easy to answer.要表达“我们发现那个问题不容易答。”这一意思时，应说we found the question (was)not easy to answer.据此可排除a、b选项；只有d才是唯一正确选项。

7.the hairdresser now cuts _____ mens and womens hair.

a.any b.each c.both d.either

析： 根据题干mens and womens hair ,可知应选与两者有关的代词，于是立即可排除a。由于each 和either不可直接修饰复数名词或复数名词所有格（应说each of …,either of…）,故又可排除b、d选项。只有both才能与其后的and构成both…and…结构。故正确答案是c。

8.--shall i sit at this end of the boat or the other end ?

--if you keep still ,you can sit at _____end. (nmet)

a.neither b.each c.either d.any

析： 一条船只有两头，any是指三者或三者以上，在此不合用。neither是“两者都不”，填入空白处意思不对；each意“两者或三者，三者以上每个人都…”，若填入此题空白，不合语境，因为一个人不能同时坐船的两头。只有选either(两者之一)才合此题情景。

9.--have you finished your report yet ?

--no ,ill finish in _____ ten minutes. (nmet)

a.less b.more c.other d.another

析： less后可直接跟形容词、副词、名词，象ten minutes这样的“数词＋名词”短语则不可直接放于less之后，只能放于less than之后，因此a项可排除。“再过/再用十分钟”可以说in ten more minutes ,ten minutes more ,another ten minutes ,据此可排除b项。至于other一词，因它不能表达“再、又”意，故也可排除。因此d为正确答案。

10.canada is larger than _____ country in asia. (nmet)

a.any b.any other c.other d.another

析： 此题是加拿大与亚洲国家相比，无需other或another ,else这类词，故b、c、d应排除。因为any（任何）后可跟单数名词或复数名词，填入空白意思也合语境，所以a是正确答案。

代词专练

1.-- which of the two dictionaries will you borrow ?

-- ill borrow _____ ,for the different uses.

a.all b.both c.either d.neither

2._____ of them knew about the plan because it was kept a secret.

a.each b.any c.no one d.none

3.we couldnt eat in a restaurant because _____ of us had _____ money on us.

a.all ;no b.any ;no c.none ;any d.no one ;any

4.they were all very tired ,but _____ of them would stop to take a rest.

a.neither b.none c.some d.any

5.there is a no.2 trolleybus and a no.24 bus ;_____ will take you there.

a.both b.either c.all d.any

6.as we were asleep ,_____ of us heard the sound.

a.both b.none c.either d.any

7.-- which of the five may i use ?

-- oh ,____.

a.any one b.anyone c.anything d.nothing

8.--are the two answers correct ?

--no ,_____ correct.

a.no one is b.both are not c.neither is d.either is not

9.i asked him for some oil ,but he hadnt _____.

a.any b.some c.no d.anything

10.you have three english dictionaries ,but i have only two _____.

a.ones b.不填 c.the one d.the ones

11.i have a colour tv set.i want to sell ____.

a.one b.the one c.that d.it

12.this film is not so good as _____ we saw last week.

a.that b.it c.the one d.one

13._____ of us must go there and help him out.

a.one or other b.one by one

c.one or the other d.one or another

14.we all felt _____ to be the highest praise.

a.it b.that c.that one d.the one

15.havent you read _____ english storices ?please tell us an interesting one.

a.any b.all c.either d.some

16.-- would you like _____ dumplings ?

-- no,thanks.

a.some b.another c.any d.all

17.if there is _____ chance ,i will try another.

a.one b.any c.some d.all

18.-- are _____ here to take the college entrance exam ?

-- yes ,we _____.

a.all you ;are all b.you all ;all are

c.all of you ;are all d.you of all ;all are

19.mr green gave the textbooks to all the pupils except _____ who had already

taken them.

a.one b.the ones c.some d.the others

20.-- have you ever seen a snake alive ?

-- yes ,ive seen _____.

a.that b.so c.one d.it

21.-- lily ,do you have an umbrella ?it is raining outside.

-- yes ,but its _____.

a.small one b.small umbrella c.only a small one d.that one

22.toms mother kept telling him that he should work hard ,but _____ didnt help.

a.this b.which c.any d.it

23.-- have you got _____ red ink ?

-- sorry ,i havent got _____.

a.some ;some b.any ;many c.some ;any d.any ;some

24.i prefer a street in a small town to _____ in such a large city as shanghai.

a.that b.it c.this d.one

25.sarad has read a lot of stories by american writers.now she would like to

read _____ stories by writers from _____ countries.

a.some ;any b.other ;some c.some ;other d.other ;other

26.-- is _____ here ?

-- no ,bob and tim have asked for leave.

a.anybody b.somebody c.everybody d.nobody

27.our headmaster advised us that in order to succeed in life ,one has to be

honest with _____ friends.

a.their b.her c.ones d.our

28.i borrowed some books _____ myself ,but when i was going to read them ,the

lamp went out _____ itself and i had to sit in the dark _____ myself.

a.不填;for;by b.by;for;of c.for;of;by d.of;不填；by

29.when i first saw the old farmer ,i could hardly imagine _____ invented the

machine to pick cotton.

a.himself b.he himself c.he for himself d.he by himself

30.it is impossible for all the people to get the job ,because _____ of them

are not fit for it.

a.all of b.none of c.each of d.every one of

代词专练答案

1－5 b d c b b 6－10 b a c a b

11－15 d c a b d 16－20 a b b b c

21－25 c d c d c 26－30 c c c b a

责任编辑：李芳芳

篇8：高考英语陷阱题总结--代词 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

高考英语陷阱题总结归纳--代词

◆典型陷阱题分析◆

1. _____ with any common sense can tell the difference between the two.

a. who b. whoever

c. anyone d. who ever

【陷阱】容易误选b。

【分析】最佳答案为c。有的同学误选b主要是因为受以下这类句子的影响：

whoever comes will be welcome. 任何人来都欢迎。

whoever wants the book may have it. 任何人要这书都可拿去。

whoever gets the job will have a lot of work. 谁要是得到这份工作就有很多事要做。

以上三句中 whoever 引导的均为主语从句，其中的 whoever均可换成 anyone who，但是不能换成 anyone。以上试题从表面上看，与以上各例很相似，其实它们有本质的不同，即 _____ with any common sense 中没有谓语动词，所以我们不能选 whoever。此题的正确答案为c，anyone 为句子主语，with any common sense 为修饰 anyone 的定语。现将此题稍作改动如下，答案选b：

_______ has any common sense can tell the difference between the two.

a. who b. whoever

c. anyone d. who ever

2. the dictionary is really useful. every boy and girl _____ it and they each _____ to buy one.

a. like, want b. likes, wants

c. likes, want d. like, wants

【陷阱】容易误选d。认为前面一空填复数动词，因为其主语是 boy and girl，为复数；第二空填单数动词，因为其前有 each，表示“每一个”。

【分析】事实上，此题应选c。因为按英语习惯，every 后接两个并列的单数名词作主语时，谓语动词要用单数，即第一空填 likes；而第二空要填复数动词 want，是因为其前的主语是 they 而不是 each（each 为主语的同位语）。

3. everyone knows that canada is larger than _____ country in asia.

a. any b. any other

c. other d. another

【陷阱】容易误选b。选择的依据是以下大家熟悉的句型(其中的 other 不可省略)：

he is taller than any other student in our class. 他是我们班最高的。

english is more widely used in international intercourse than any other language today. 现今英语在国际交往中比其他任何语言用得都广。

【分析】但是上面一题与这类句子有所不同。这类句型到底该不该加 other，主要应看所谈论的对象是否在比较的范围之内：若在范围之内，则用 other (以排除自己与自己比较)；若不在范围之内，则不用 other。比较下面一题：

china is larger than _____ country in asia.

a. any b. any other c. other d. another

此题应选b，因为 china 在 asia 的范围之内。假若选a，则表示“中国比亚洲的任何国家都大”，而中国本身也是亚洲国家，由此则得出“中国比中国大”的荒谬结论。而选b，则表示“中国比亚洲任何其他国家要大”，这才合乎事实。

4. “what do you think of them?” “i don’t know _____ is better, so i’ve taken _____ of them.”

a. what, both b. what, none

c. which, both c. which, none

【陷阱】几个干扰均有可能误选。

【分析】最佳答案为c。做好此题的关键是要注意句中的 better 一词，由于better 用的是比较级，说明比较的对象应是两者，由此可推知第二空应填both；另一方面，由于所谈论的是两者，说明选择范围比较窄、比较明确，所以第一空应填 which。

5. “would you like a cup of coffee or a glass of beer?” “____ will do, but milk is _____ popular with me.”

a. neither, not b. both, more

c. either, the most d. all, the most

【陷阱】很容易误选b，因为前文提到 coffee 和 beer 为两者，所以有的同学就认为应选 both 和 more 与之对应(more 为比较级，指两者比较)。

【分析】做对此题的关键是要注意到下文提到的 milk既不是 coffee 也不是 beer，而是除这两者外的第三者，故第二空应填 the most，即此题最佳答案为c。

6. i read about it in some book or other, does it matter _____ it was?

a. where b. what

c. how d. which

此题答案选d，主要与上文的some book or other (某一本书)这一语境有关，全句句意为：“我在某一本书上读到过它，是哪一本书这很重要吗?”请看类似试题：

(1) “who told you?” “oh, somebody or other, i’ve forgotten _____.”

a. what b. when

c. which d. who

此题最佳答案为d。句意为：“谁告诉你的？”“噢，有个人，我忘记是哪一个了。”

(2) some of the students were late for the meeting, but i can’t remember _____.

a. what b. when

c. which d. whom

此题最佳答案为c。句意为“有些学生开会迟到了，但我不记得是哪些学生了”。

7. these trousers are dirty and wet - i’ll change into my _____.

a. another b. trousers

c. others d. other

【陷阱】容易误选a、b。

【分析】最佳答案为c。是从语法上看，another 后通常接单数名词，而不接trousers 这样的复数名词（若用 another pair 则可以）；也不能选 trousers 是因为填它句子意思不通。最佳答案应选c，others 相当于 other trousers，其中的 other 与前面的 these 相对照。

8. her lecture was hard to follow because she kept jumping from one subject to _____.

a. other b. the other

c. the others d. another

【陷阱】容易误选b。选择依据可能是one … the other …这一常用结构。

【分析】最佳答案为d。使用one … the other … 时，我们通常是针对两者而言的，即指“两者中的一个……，另一个……”；如果所谈论的情况不是针对两者而言的，而是针对多者而言的，那么我们就不宜在 one 后使用 the other，而考虑用 another。又如(答案均选d，即选 another)：

(1) those cakes look delicious. could i have _____ one?

a. other b. the other

c. the others d. another

(2) i have many such novels. i’ll bring _____ tomorrow.

a. other b. the other

c. the others d. another

(3) saying is one thing and doing is _____.

a. other b. the other

c. the others d. another

比较以下各例：

(1) shut ____ eye, jim.

a. another b. some other

c. other d. the other

答案选d，因为人的眼睛只有两只，故用 one … the other … 结构。

(2) it’s sometimes hard to tell one twin from _____.

a. another b. some other

c. other d. the other

答案选d，twin 意为“孪生子之一”、“双胞胎之一”，即指两者之一，故用 one … the other … 这一结构。

9. there are four bedrooms, ______ with its own bathroom.

a. all b. each

c. every d. either

此题容易误选a，认为既然前面出现了 four bedrooms，故填 all 与之对应。其实，此题的最佳答案应为b，原因是空格后的隐藏信息 its，它表示空格处应填一个单数代词，但是不能选c，因为 every 不能这样单独使用。

10. “it’s said that he is a wise leader.” “oh, no, he is _____ but a wise leader.”

a. anything b. anyone

c. anybody d. anywhere

【陷阱】容易误选b、c。因为句子主语指人，似乎只有b、c才与之一致。

【分析】其实，正确答案应选a。因为 anything but 是习语，意为“根本不是”或“一点也不”，不仅可用于事物，也可用于人。如：

i’ll do anything but that. 我绝不会干那种事。

the party was anything but a success. 晚会根本不成功。

her father was anything but a poet. 她父亲根本不是诗人。

such a man was anything but a hero. 那样的人绝不算英雄。

11. tell _______ you like - it makes no difference to me.

a. anyone b. who

c. whoever d. what

【陷阱】容易从中文字面来理解而误选a或b。

【分析】最佳答案选 c。但若将a, b两项合起来，即用 anyone who这样的形式则也可以。选 c，whoever 引导一个宾语从句，用作动词 tell的宾语。同样地，请看以下类似试题：

(1) _____ comes is welcome.

a. anyone b. who

c. anyone who d. everyone

此题很容易误选a，因为从汉语意思来分析，可理解为“任何人来都欢迎”，但若选a，此句的结构是混乱的，句中有两个谓语动词 comes 和 is，但却只是一个句子。此题应选c，anyone 是句子主语，who comes 是修饰 anyone 的定语从句。

(2) _____ comes to see me, tell him i’m out.

a. anyone b. who

c. whoever d. everyone

此题很容易按汉语意思误选a，其实应选c。whoever 引导的是让步状语从句，相当于 no matter who。

(3) sarah hopes to become a friend of _____ shares her interests.

a. anyone b. whomever

c. whoever d. no matter who

此题不能选a，假若选a，应在其后加上 who，即用 anyone who；也不能选b，一是因为空格处应填一个作主语的词(因为其后有谓语动词 shares)，二是因为在现代英语中 whomever 这个词已基本废除 (也就是说，在现代英语中 whoever 既用作主语，也用作宾语，如：give it to whoever you see in the meeting-room. 你在会议室里看见谁就把它给谁)；也不能选d，因为 no matter who只用于引导让步状语从句，不用于引导名词性从句。此题正确答案为c，whoever 在此相当于 anyone who。

比较下例，答案应选a，而不是b、c或d(注意句意)：

it was a matter of _____ would take the position.

a. who b. whoever

c. whom d. whomever

12. the teacher told us that the problem was not _____ easy and that we should think _____ over carefully.

a. such, it b. that, it

c. such, 不填 d. that，不填

【陷阱】容易根据汉语字面意思误选c。

【分析】最佳答案选 b。第一空填that，that 用作副词，相当于 so，又如：

is it always that hot? 总那么热吗?（其中的 that hot 可以换成 so hot，但不能换成 such hot）

i can only tell you that much. 我只能告诉你这么多。（其中的 that much 可以换成 so much，但不能换成 such much）

注意第一空不能填such，因为such 不用作副词，即它不用于修饰形容词。

另外，汉语中说“好好想一想”，通常可以不带宾语，但英语中的think over 是及物动词，如果用它来表示“好好想一想”，应根据上下文的语境让它带上适当的宾语，所以本题应用 think it over，相当于 think the problem over。

13. the camera isn’t good enough; i want to change ______.

a. another b. a good one

c. it with another d. it for another

【陷阱】容易根据汉语字面意思误选a、b。

【分析】此题最佳答案为d。英语中的 change sth 表示的是“换某物”，sth 是被换的东西，而 change sth for sth else 表示的才是“用某物换另一物”。比较：

that coat was too large and i had to change it. 那件外套太大了，我得去换一件。

that coat was too large and i had to change it for a smaller one. 那件外套太大了，我得去换一件小一点的。

14. i agree with most of what you said, but i don’t agree with ______.

a. everything b. anything

c. something d. nothing

【陷阱】此题容易误选 b，生搬硬套不定代词用法规则：something 用于肯定句，anything 用于否定句或疑问句。

【分析】其实此题应选 a，注意前文的 i agree with most of what you said(我同意你说的大部分内容)，其后的not 与 everything 构成部分否定，意为“不是所有的都同意”，前后两部分用转折连词 but 连接，语气通顺、连贯。请看一个类似的例子：

______ likes money, but money is not ______.

a. everyone, everything b. anyone, anything

c. someone, nothing d. nobody, everything

最佳答案选a，句意为“大家都喜欢钱，但钱不是万能的”。

15. “is there ______ here?” “no, bob and tim have asked for leave.”

a. anybody b. everybody

c. somebody d. nobody

【陷阱】此题容易误选 a。认为这是一般疑问句，要用 anybody。

【分析】其实此题应选b，主要与上下文的语境有关。全文语境为：“大家都到齐了吗？”“没有，bob 和tim 两人请假了。”假若我们将此题作如下变换，则情形就会有所不同：

“is there ______ here?” “yes, i’m upstairs. please come and help me.”

a. anybody b. everybody

c. somebody d. nobody

此题的最佳答案应是a，而不是b。

请再看一例：

“do you have _____ at home now, mary?” “no, we still have to get some fruit and tea.”

a. something b. anything

c. everything d. nothing

答案选c，句意为“玛丽，现在家里东西都准备齐了吗？”“还没有，我们还要买些水果和茶。”

16. “if you want a necklace, i’ll buy one for you at once.” “oh, no. a necklace is not _____ that i need most.

a. anything b. something

c. nothing d. everything

【陷阱】此题容易误选a，机械地套用以下规则：something 用于肯定句，anything 用于否定句或疑问句。

【分析】当然以上规则在通常情况下是有效的，但此句不属通常用法。此题的最佳答案应是b，something 在此的意思不是“某种东西”，而是指“那种东西”或“这种东西”，即心中最想要的那种东西(相当于 the thing)。同样地，下面几题的最佳答案也是 something，而不是 anything：

(1) it’s not _____ that we want to talk about; let’s change the subject.

a. anything b. something

c. nothing d. everything

(2) it’s not _____ i enjoy; i do it purely out of a sense of duty.

a. anything b. something

c. nothing d. everything

(3) self-control is not _____ that comes with your birth.

a. anything b. something

c. nothing d. everything

(4) this is not _____ that would disturb me anyway.

a. anything b. something

c. nothing d. everything

17. some say one thing, but _____.

a. other, another b. others, another

c. others, the other d. the others, others

【陷阱】几个干扰项均有可能误选。

【分析】最佳答案选b。but others another 为 but others say another 之省略。在并列句中，若后面分句与前面分句有相同的词，常把后一分句中的相同部分给省略掉，以避免重复。如：

one soldier was killed and another wounded. 有一名士兵被打死，另一名被打伤。(wounded 前省略了 was)

i work in a factory and my brother on a farm. 我在工厂工作，我弟弟在农场工作。(on a farm 前省略了 works)

my room is on the second floor and his on the third. 我的房间在三楼，他的房间在四楼。（on the third 前省略了 is）

18. he is a hard-working student, _____ who will be successful in whatever career he chooses.

a. that b. he

c. one d. which

【陷阱】几个干扰项均有可能误选。

【分析】此题答案选c，one 相当于 a student。类似地，以下各题也选one，它们分别相当于 a table, a break, a question, a mexican carpet, a moment：

(1) a table made of steel costs more than _______ made of wood.

a. one b. it

c. those d. which

(2)“why don’t we take a little break?” “didn’t we just have _____?”

a. it b. that

c. one d. this

(3) the question is _____ of great importance.

a. that b. it

c. one d. what

(4) she wants a mexican carpet, but she can’t afford to buy ______.

a. one b. it

c. them d. the one

(5) meeting my uncle after all these years was an unforgettable moment, _____ i will always treasure.

a. that b. one

c. it d. what

◆精编陷阱题训练◆

1. tom’s mother always told him not to smoke again, but _____ didn’t help.

a. he b. it

c. which d. as

2. both teams were in hard training; _____ was willing to lose the game.

a. either b. neither

c. another d. the other

3. there he pointed to _____ looked like a stone and said that’s ______ you had to carry home.

a. that, that b. what, what

c. which, what d. as, which

4. i know nothing about the accident except _____ i read in the paper.

a. that b. for

c. what d. 不填

5. energy is ____ makes one work.

a. what b. something

c. anything d. that

6. don’t go to _____ places where there is no fresh air.

a. such b. so

c. those d. which

7. the classroom is almost empty, where is _____?

a. someone b. anyone

c. everyone d. no one

8. i’m afraid we can’t have coffee; there’s _____ left.

a. nothing b. none

c. no one d. no any

9. _____ worries me is _____ we’re going to pay for all this.

a. it, that b. that, how

c. what, how d. as, that

10. he just does ______ he pleases and never thinks about anyone else.

a. that b. what

c. which d. how

11. _____ of you comes first will get the ticket.

a. which b. whichever

c. who d. whatever

12. his income is double _____ it was five years ago.

a. that b. which

c. as d. what

13. if you want a friend, you’ll find _____ in me.

a. one b. it

c. that d. him

14. oh, how beautiful it is! i like _____ better.

a. everything b. anything

c. nothing d. something

15. do you know _______ friends are coming to our party?

a. whose else’s b. who’s else

c. whose else d. who else’s

16. _______ leaves the room last ought to turn off the lights.

a. anyone b. the person

c. whoever d. no matter who

17. jane hopes to become a friend of _______ shares her interests.

a. whomever b. anyone

c. whoever d. no matter who

18. some friends tried to settle the quarrel between mr and mrs smith without hurting the feeling of _______, but failed.

a. none b. either

c. all d. neither

19. -here are the best styles of the clothes. which one do you like?

- _______. they are not so nice as i expected.

a. neither b. all

c. nothing d. none

20. mr ascot, headmaster of the school, refused to accept ______of the three suggestions made by the students’ union.

a. either b. neither

c. any d. none

21. “there’s coffee and tea; you can have _______.” “thanks.”

a. either b. each

c. one d. it

22. “when shall we meet again?” “make it _______day you like; it’s all the same to me.”

a. one b. any

c. another d. some

23. “susan, go and join your sister cleaning the yard.” “why ______? john is sitting there doing nothing.”

a. him b. he

c. i d. me

◆答案与解析◆

1. 选b，it 指前面提到的情况。由于句中用了并列连词 but，所以不能选c。当然，若去掉空格前的but，则可选c。

3. 选b，因是 both teams，即谈论的是两者，因此可锁定a和b；从语境上看，应选b，即双方都不愿输。

3. 选b。即两空均填 what，第一个what 相当于 something that；第二个what 相当于the thing that。

4. 选c，what 在句中用作动词 read 的宾语。

5. 选a，what 相当于 something that。

6. 选c，但容易误选a。按英语习惯，受 such 修饰的名词后跟定语从句时，引导定语从句的关系词一般只能是 as，而不能是 that, which, who, where等。如：such women as knew him thought he was charming. 认识他的女人都认为他很有魅力。此句中的 as 就不能换成that 或 who，若要使用 that 或who，则需将 such 换掉，如说成those women who knew tom thought he was charming.

7. 选c，句意为“教室几乎是空的，大家都到哪里去了？”

8. 选b，nothing 指“什么也没有”；none 指数量上的“一点(个)也没有”。注：回答 how much 和 how many 时要用 none，而不用 nothing，道理同此。

9. 选c，what worries me 为主语从句，且 what 在主语从句中用作主语。

10. 选b。从句意推知。

11. 选b 最佳，因 who后通常不接表示范围的 of 短语，故不宜选c；若选a，则句型不对；若选d，则语义不通。

12. 选d，what 相当于 the amount that。

13. 选 a，one 在此相当于a friend。

14. 选c，i like nothing better 相当于 it’s the best thing i like。

15. 选d。else 可放在 who, what, where, how, why 等疑问词之后，但习惯上不放在which之后，而且在一般情况下也不用在whose后，遇此情况可用 who else’s，如：

who else’s fault could it be? 这会是其他什么人的错吗?

但是，若其后不修饰名词，有时也可用whose else。如：

whose else could it be? 这会是其他什么人的吗?

16. 选c。其余三者均不能引导主语从句。whoever 在此相当于 anyone who。

17. 选c。whoever shares her interests用作介词of的宾语，同时whoever又用作谓语动词shares的语。

18. 选b。由于句中谈到的是 mr and mrs smith，即谈的是两者，故排除选项a和c，因为 none 和all 均用于指三者。又因为空格前有否定介词without，故空格处填either, 不用 neither。

19. 选d。none 可视为 i like none of them 之省略。从下文的语境看，空格处只能填空一个表否定意义的词。据此首先排除b；虽然a、c、d均表否定意义，但neither 与前面的best（既然使用最高级，说明有三者或多者在作比较）不吻合；而 nothing 表示“什么也没有”，不合语境。

20. 选 c。none 和 neither 表否定，与句中的 refused to acept这一语境不符。在 either 与 any 两个选项中，either 指两者，与句中的 three suggestions 不符。故只能选 any，指三者中的任意一个。

21. 选 a。比较四个选项：either 指两者中的“任意一个”，each 指两者或两者以上中的“每一个”，one 用来替代“a / an 单数可数名词”，it 替代“the 单数名词”。

22. 选 b。根据下文的 it’s all the same to me(对我都一样)可知，选 any 最合语境。

23. 选 d。why me? 可视为 why do you ask me to go and join? 之省略。另外，me 还通常在简略回答中用作主语。如：me too.(我也一样。)

责任编辑：李芳芳

篇9：高考代词讲义与练习(人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

代词

代词是用来代替名词、形容词或数词的词。这些代词分为人称代词、物主代词、指示代词、反身代词、不定代词、疑问代词、连接代词和关系代词等。这里，我们介绍几组常用代词的用法及辨析。

（一） 人称代词

主格 i he she we you they it

宾格 me him her us you them it

用法：人称代词的主格作主语；宾格作表语或宾语； 人称代词作表语时，与动词前面的代词或名词或名词同格。

i was considered to be she. they considered me to be her.

i thought it to be her. it was thought to be her.

（二） 物主代词

形容词性 my your his her its our their

名词性 mine yours his hers its ours theirs

用法：形容词性物主代词作定语； 名词性物主代词作主语、宾语和表语。

如：he is my teacher. whose book is this? it’s mine.

i’ve finished my homework. have you finished yours? he is an old friend of mine.

（三） 反身代词

单数 myself yourself himself/herself/itself

复数 ourselves yourselves themselves

反身代词在句中一般作宾语、表语和同位语。

1． 作宾语：they called themselves weavers.

2． 作表语：stop fooling and be yourself.

3． 作同位语：反身代词不达意作同位语可以放在与之同位的名词或代词之后，也可放在句末。

如：they themselves decided to go to see it.

they decided to go to see it themselves.

注意下列习惯说法：

come to oneself（苏醒）/ be not oneself（身体不舒服）congratulate oneself on（暗自庆幸）

enjoy oneself express oneself（表达） devote oneself to（致力于）

dress oneself（穿衣） find oneself（发觉自己在）help oneself to（随便吃）

hide oneself（躲藏）keep sth. to oneself（保守秘密）make oneself at home（不要拘束，就像在自己家里一样） make oneself p.p. seat oneself

-for oneself（为自已或替自已）

you must find it out for yourself.（独自地）

they kept it for themselves（为自已）

-of oneself自然地，自动地

the enemy will not perish of himself.

the door opened of itself.

-by oneself独自地，自单干

i’m busy, would you go there by yourself.

they made the machine all by themselves.

-in oneself（本身性质）

the materials in themselves were not poisonous.

this is not a bad idea in itself.

i like the house in itself but not furnituure in it.

注：某些带有反身代词的动词词不达意组已变成固定习语。

have you enjoyed yourself recently?

he is not himself today.

don’t get nervous, help yourself to what you like.

（四） 疑问代词

常用的疑问代词有who,whom,whose,whoever,which,whichever,what,whatever。疑问代词一般放在句首，用来构成特殊疑问句， 可用作主语、宾语、表语和定语。如：

whoever told you that is a fool.what is this? whom (who)did you want?

（五） 指示代词

指示代词有：this, that,these,those,it,such,same等。

1． this,that,these,those的用法：

（1） 在句中作主语、宾语、表语和定语。如：

this is my pen. do you want this?that book is mine. what i want is this.

（2） this(these)一般用来指时间和空间上较近的人或物；而that(those)常指时间和空间上较远的人或物。如：

this is a pen and that is a pencil.these days we are very busy.

（3） this(these)一般指后面要讲到的事物； 而that(those)常指前面讲过的事物。如：

what he told me is this:he wanted to go to beijing.

he didn’t come. that is why he didn’t know.

（4） that (those)常用来指前面提到过的名词。如：

this book is not so interesting as that i read yesterday.

the houses of the rich are larger than those of the poor.

2． such的用法：

（1） such一般在句中作定语和主语。如：

such is my answer. i have never seen such beautiful flowers.

（2） such用作定语时，它所修饰的名词前的不定冠词应放在之后。

he is such an interesting person.

3． same的用法：

same可用作定语、主语、表语和宾语。same前必须加the。如：

i went there on the same day.the same can be said of the other city.

what i want to say is the same.i’ll do the same.

（六） 不定代词

不定代词具有名词和形容词的性质，并有可数与不可数的区别。不定代词的种类较多，用法各异，下面分别进行介绍。

1． one,some与any的用法

one可以泛指任何人，还可以用在形容词和that,this等词后代替刚才提过的可数名词，其复数形式为ones，可用作主语和宾语； one’s是它的物主代词形式，可用作定语；oneself是它的反身代词形式，可用作主语和宾语。some和any通常用作定语，都可用来修饰可数名词、单数或复数名词。some用于单数可数名词前， 表示“某一”。some用于数词前，表示“大约”。some一般用于肯定句，any多用于疑问、否定句中。如：

one should wash oneself regularly. this film is not as good as the one i saw yesterday.

i have some books. have you any books? i don’t have any books.

注：

（1） some可用于表示邀请或请求的问句中，预期的答案是肯定的，或鼓励给予一个肯定的答复。如：

could you let me have some coffee?

（2） some和any可用作主语和宾语。如

some are singing, others are dancing. does any of you know mr wang?

i don’t like any of the books.

（3） some,any,every,no与one,body,thing构成的合成代词都作单元数看待。另外，some的合成代词一般用于肯定句，any的合成代词一般用于否定句、疑问句和条件从句。

2． each,every的用法

（1） each强调个别，可以充当定语、主语、宾语和同位语。every强调整体，相当于汉语的“每个都”，在句中都作定语。如：

the teacher had a talk with each of them. each of us has two boxes.

we have two boxes each. every boy has a book.

every one has strong and weak points.

（2） each所代表的数可以是两个以上， 而every所指的数必须是三个以上。如：

each of the two has won a prize. every student in the class likes english.

3． none和no的用法：

（1） no=not any.在句子中作定语，修饰可数或不可数名词。none在句中作主语或宾语。如：

there is no water in the well.none of them know the story.

（2） none代替不可数名词作主语时， 谓语动词用单数形式； 代替可数名词作主语时，谓语动词可用单数，也可用复数。如：

none of the students are/is afraid of difficulties.

4． many和much的用法：

many和much都表示许多，但是many用来修饰可数名词，much修饰不可数名词。都可用作主语、宾语和定语。如：

many of the students often go shopping. i have much to do.

there is not much water in the cup.

much有时用作状语。如：

he likes playing football very much.

5． few,little,a few,a little的用法：

few和little表示没有多少，含否定意义；而a few和a little表示有一些，有几个，含肯定意义。另外，few与a few修饰可数名词；little,a little修饰不可数名词。它们在句中常用作定语、主语和宾语。如：

he knows a little english.few of them could speak english.i know a little about japanese.

6． other和another的用法：

other 意为“另外的”，作定语，常与复数名词或单数不可数名词连用，但如果前面有the,this,that,some,any,each,every,no,none,one,or以及形容词性物主代词时，则可与单数名词连用。如：other boys,all other beauty,no other way,the other one, any other plant,every other day,some other reason

等。

others是other的复数形式，泛指“别的人或物“（但不是全部）。如：

指“两者中的另一个“。常与one连用，作定语修饰复数名词时，表示另一个中的“全部其余的”。如：

he held a book in one hand and his notes in the other.

the others是the other的复数形式，特指“全部其余的人或物”。如：

i have got ten pencils.

two of them are red, the others are blue.

another指三个或三个以上中的“任何一个”，“再一、、、、、、”，“另一个”，作代词或形容词。如

i have finished this novel, please give me another.

one….the other指两个人或物构成的一组中的个体；one ….another指同一组内的两个个体。如：

here are two books. one is for mary, the other is for jack.

one person may like to spend his holiday at seashore,while another may prefer the mountains.

7． neither和either的用法：

neither表示两者都不；either表示两者中的任何一个；两个词都表示单数，在句子中可作主语、宾语和定语。如：

neither of the answers is wrong. either sentence is right.

i know neither of the teachers. you may take either of the books.

8． all和both的用法：

这两个词都表示整体，但both指两个人或物，all而指三个以上的人或物； 在句中都可作主语、宾语、表语、同位语和定语。如：

all of us should work hard. we both like to go.

we like both of the books that’s all for today.

all knowledge comes from practice.

注：（1）all表示不可数名词时， 其谓语动词用单数。

（2）both和all加否定是部分否定，如果要表示全部否定，分别是用neither和none。如：

both of us are not teachers. neither of us is a teacher.

all of the books are not english books. none of the books are english books.

部分否定 全部否定

两者 both…not

not…both（并非两者都） neither=not…either两者都不

两者以上 all…not

not…all（并非所有、、、都）

every…not

not…every（并非每一个都）

the whole…not

not …the whole（并非全部） not…any

none（没有一个）

no one

nobody（没有人）

nothing

（没有任何事物）

（七） 关于不定代词的用法-替代和修饰

1． 替代或修饰复数名词，谓语用复数。-few, a few, quite a few,only a few, several,many,a great (good) many

（但要注意接代词或特定范围的名词需要加of: a few of them/ a few of the students）-a large(great) number of , a couple fo hundreds (scores,dozens )of

2． 直接替代或修饰不可数名词。

-little,a little,a bit,less,least,much,no a little,no a bit of,a great deal of,a great amount of

3． 直接替代不可数名词，谓语用单数。替代可数名词，谓语用复数。

-some,any,enough,more,most,a lot of /lots of/plenty of/a great(good,large)quantity of/great(good,large)quantities of

八． 代词so的用法：

1． so do i. 后者与前者相同，两个不同的主语。

2． so i do. 重复前面的内容，同一个主语。

3． i do so. 指代前面的内容。

4． so it is with… 如果前面是两个或两个以上的句子，而且里面包含不同的人称、数或时态等时，so可以替代从句中的that宾语从句下面的动词，多用此种替代方法。

5． 常用结构：

i’m afraid so. ≯ i’m afraid not.

i think so. ≯ i don’t think so.

i believe so. ≯ i believe not.

i hope so. ≯ i hope not.

i suppose / fear / imagine so. ≯ i suppose / fear / imagine not.

i have been told so.

九．such与so的不同用法：

6． such置于冠词之前，但常用在some / any / every / many / all / no之后。

such an interesting book ≯ so interesting a book

no such thing / one such animal

7． such adj. 不可数名词/名词的复数形式

8． so many / few / much / little 可数/不可数名词

so many people / so little money / such a little girl

9． such用于特殊结构 such is our study plan.

10． so that（目的/结果）≯ in case（没有such that）

such … as…

十．常用代词辨异：

11． one, ones, that, those, it

◆one与ones可以用来代替前面提到过的可数名词，one指单数，ones指复数。

▲ ①one与ones既可指人也可指物，ones不可单独使用，也不可用those，these直接修饰，但可用the修饰，或these adj. ones。

▲ ②one可代替可数名词为中心的整个名词词组，而ones不能。

▲ ③one不能加不定冠词，除非中间有形容词。

▲ ④one可单独使用，作“任何人”解。

◆that与those，that代替前面提到过的不可数名词，those代替前面提到过的复数名词。that，those后面跟定语从句时，关系代词不能用that。

◆one和it都可以用来代替前面出现过的单数名词。one代替这类东西的任何一个，it代替前面所指的特定的东西。

12． no one, none

① no one = nobody，只指人，不指物，谓语动词用单数。

② no one没有固定范围，故其后不接of短语。none可接of短语。

no one，nobody用于简略回答时，不能用来对“how many”或“how much”做否定回答。

e.g. is there anyone who can do the experiment? no one.

③ none表示三个或三个以上的人或事物中“没有一个”或“任何一个都不”。表示不可数名词时，谓语用单数；表示可数名词时，单复数均可。

none常用来对“how many”或“how much”做否定回答，也可对 any of 短语构成的一般疑问句做否定回答。而no one用来回答“who”引导的特殊疑问句。

it构成的句型小结

一、it作形式主语的句型

为使句子平衡，往往把it置于句首作形式主语，而把真正的主语（通常是不定式短语、动名词短语或主语从句）移至句末。it 作形式主语的句型有：

㈠ it 代指不定式短语的句型

1. it takes (sb.) sometime / some money to do sth.

做某事花去某人多长时间

just a minute, it won't take me long to change.等一下,我很快就可以换好衣服。

it takes five minutes to walk there.走到那里需要5分钟。

it took me more than a year to learn to draw a beautiful horse in five minutes.

我花了一年多时间才学会在5分钟内画出一匹好看的马来。

it takes a lot of money to buy a house like that. 买那样一幢房子需要很多钱。

2. it takes 名词 (for sb.) to do sth. 某人做某事需要… …

it took great imagination as well as patience for annie to teach me to speak.

对安妮来说，教我说话需要极大的信心和想象力。

it takes time for them to prepare for the great changes that take place in space.

他们需要很多时间准备应付太空中所发生的巨大变化。

3. it is 形容词 (for / of sb.) to do sth. 某人做某事是… …的

常用于该句型的形容词比较多。for sb. 的句型 常用于表示事物的特征特点，表示客观形式的形容词，如easy, difficult, hard, important, possible, impossible, comfortable, necessary, better等。of sb的句型一般用表示人物的性格，品德，表示主观感情或态度的形容词，如kind, nice, stupid, rude, clever, foolish, thoughtful, thoughtless, brave, considerate(考虑周到的), silly, selfish(自私的) 等。

it was not right for the south to break away from the union.南方脱离联邦是不对的。

it was kind of you to help us.谢谢你对我们的帮助。

it is getting harder every day for a lazy man to get a living.懒汉谋生是越来越困难了。

what time would it be most convenient for me to call again?

什么时候我再给你打电话最合适？

it’s very good of you to have listened to me.感谢你能听我讲。

it’s very thoughtful and kind of you to offer me this lovely holiday.

你能给我这么美好的假日，实在是想得太周到、太友善了。

4. it is 名词 to do sth. 做某事是… …的

常用于该句型的名词有：manners, duty, fun, good, a great honour, the first, the next, the last, the best, too much, too little, not enough等。

as a student, it is bad manners to come late to class.作为学生，上课迟到是没有礼貌的。

it is our duty to pay taxes to our government.向政府交税是我们的义务。

5. it is one’s turn to do sth. 轮到某人做某事

it was my turn to clean the blackboard.轮到我擦黑板了。

6. it is up to sb. to do sth. 做某事是某人的责任或义务

it’s up to us to give them all the help we can.我们理应竭尽所能地给予他们帮助。

㈡ it 代指动名词短语的句型

7. it is 名词 doing sth. 做某事是… …

用于该句型的名词有：no good, no use, hard work, a nuisance, a waste of time, a great honour等。

it’s no use talking to him about it.和他谈论此事是没用的。

it’s no use/good (in) crying over spilt/spilled milk.事已至此，后悔也无用。（牛奶已泼，哭也没用。）

it is hard work keeping the grass green at this time of year.这个季节还使草保持绿色真是不容易。

it was a nuisance having to wait for such a long time.要等这样久真烦人。

it’s a waste of time your talking to him.你和他谈话是浪费时间。

it has been a great honour your coming to visit me.你的来访是我很大的荣幸。

8. it is 形容词 doing sth. 做某事真… …

用于该句型的形容词有：pleasant, useless, senseless, worthwhile, dangerous等。

it was pleasant meeting you in london that day.那天在伦敦见到你真高兴。

it’s dangerous playing with fire.玩火是危险的。

is it worthwhile making such an experiment?做这样的实验值得吗？

㈢ it 代指名词性从句的句型

9. it be 名词 that从句

用于该句型中的名词有：a pity, a shame, a fact, an honour, a wonder, a good thing, good news, no wonder等。

惯用句型有：

it is common knowledge that… ……是常识

it is a surprise that… 令人惊奇的是……

it is a fact that… 事实是……

it is a pity that she has made such a mistake.真遗憾，她犯了这样一个错误。

it's a pity that you should have to leave.你非走不可真是件憾事。

it is a thousand pity/ thousand pities that he missed the chance.他错过了这次机会真是太可惜了。

it is no wonder that he has passed the examination.难怪他考试及格了。

it is a shame that you have to leave so soon.你必须这么早离开，真遗憾。

it was a stupid thing that he didn’t listen to his teacher.他不听老师的话，真蠢。

it is a great honour that he receive that prize.他得到了那个奖真是无上的荣耀。

10. it be 形容词 that从句 … … 是 … …

用于该句型中的形容词有：clear, obvious, true, certain, important, strange, natural, surprising, fortunate, good, wonderful, funny, possible, impossible, likely, unlikely, quite clear, unusual等。

惯用句型有：

it is necessary that… 有必要……

it is important that… 重要的是……

it is obvious that… 很明显……

it is important that we (should) learn english well.我们学好英语是非常重要的。

it is necessary that the students (should) remember all the new words.学生记住所有的新单词是必要的。

11. it be -ed 分词 that从句 据… …是… …的

常见的过去分词有：said, reported, learned, announced, known, decided, expected, believed, considered, declared, felt, hoped, seen, supposed, thought, understood等。

惯用句型有：

it is said that… 据说

it is reported that… 据报道

it is believed that… 大家相信

it is hoped that… 大家希望

it is well known that… 众所周知

it is thought that… 大家认为

it is suggested that… 据建议

it has been decided that… 大家决定

it must be remembered that…务必记住的是

it is reported that another man-made satellite has been put into orbit.

据报道，又有一颗人造卫星被送入轨道。

it is said that he has gone to the usa for further study.据说他已去美国深造了。

it is known to all that light travels in straight lines.众所周知，光以直线运行。

it has been decided that we should design the machine ourselves.已经决定我们自己来设计这部机器。

12. it 及物动词 名词 从句

it makes no difference to me whether it’s foggy or clear.对我来说，天气有雾或晴朗没什么关系。

it doesn’t make any difference to me whether he goes or not.不管他是否去对我都没有什么影响。

it makes no matter whether you arrive first or last --- there’s enough food for everyone, whatever time they arrive.大家早到晚到都无关紧要 --- 不管什么时候来，都有足够的东西吃。

13. it 不及物动词 that分句

常见的不及物动词有：seem, happen, look, appear, come about, turn out, occur等。

惯用句型有：

it appears that…似乎……

it (so) happens (that)… （那么）碰巧……

it occurred to me that… 我突然想起……

it seems that he is sick. (= he seems to be sick.)看来他似乎有病。

it happened that he wasn’t there. (= he happened not to be there.)碰巧他不在哪儿。

he would have been traveling on the train that crashed if it hadn’t so happened he’d been working late that night.要不是那天晚上他正巧下班晚了，他就会乘坐那趟出事的列车了。

14. it doesn’t matter (to sb.) 从句 （对）… …都无所谓

it doesn’t matter to me what he says.对我来说，他说什么都无所谓。

it doesn’t seem to matter much whether he received the gift or not.他是否接受这件礼物似乎都无所谓。

it doesn’t matter if we are late.我们就是晚到一点也不要紧。

注意：it is demanded / necessary / a pity that…结构中的主语从句的谓语动词要用should 加动词原形， should 可省略。

其句型为：

(1)suggested

it is (2)important that… (should) do

(3) a pity

(1) suggested, ordered, proposed, required, demanded, requested, insisted (should) do

(2) important, necessary, natural, strange (should) do

(3) a pity, a shame, no wonder (should) do

it is suggested that we (should) hold a meeting next week.

it is necessary that he (should) come to our meeting tomorrow.

二、it 作形式宾语的句型

㈠ it 代指不定式短语的句型

15. 主语 find(make, feel) it adj. ( for sb.) to do sth.

i find it easy enough to get on with tom.我觉得与汤姆相处很容易。

16. 主语 find(make, feel) it n. to do sth.

he felt it his duty to mention the fact to mr. smith.他觉得把事实告诉史密斯先生是他的职责。

people in the west make it a rule to buy christmas presents for their relatives and friends.

西方人把为亲友买圣诞礼物作为一种惯例。

㈡ it 代指动名词短语的句型

17. 主语 think it n. doing sth.

we thought it no use doing that.我们认为做那件事是无用的。

you must find it exciting working here.你一定会发现在此工作是很令人兴奋的。

18. 主语 think it adj. doing sth.

i think it very unwise going on as we are without definite agreement.

我认为像我们这样没有确定协议而进行是不明智的。

i don’t think it worthwhile taking such trouble. 我想不值得这么费事了。

㈢ it 代指名词性从句的句型

19. 主语 find(make, think) it n. that从句

i used to feel it a terrible thing that my mother should have to do the housework endlessly.

我曾老觉得母亲不得不无休止地做家务是一件可怕的事情。

i consider it a great shame that i didn’t pass the examination. 我认为我考试不及格是件非常羞耻的事。

20. 主语 find(make, think) it adj. that从句

i think it best that you should stay here.我认为你最好呆在这里。

you may think it strange that anyone would live there你也许感到奇怪，居然有人愿意住在那儿。

21. 主语 take it for granted that从句

i take it for granted that you will be coming to the meeting.我当然认为你会来参加会议。

i took it for granted that you would stay with us.我以为你当然会留在我们这里。

22. i hate(like, enjoy, love) it when从句

我不喜欢/喜欢 … …

该句型中it用于hate, like, enjoy, love等动词后，充当形式宾语。

i hate it when people talk with their mouths full.我很不喜欢人们吃着东西说话。

i like it in the autumn when the weather is clear and bright.我喜欢秋天清爽明朗的日子。

三、it 用于强调结构句型

23. it is/was 被强调部分 that……

此结构强调的成分仅限于主语，宾语和状语。

it is from the sun that we get light and heat.我们从太阳得到光和热。

it was my father who did the experiment in the lab yesterday evening.

是我父亲昨天晚上在实验室做的试验。

it was the experiment that my father did in the lab yesterday evening.

那个实验是我父亲昨天晚上在实验室做的。

it was yesterday evening that my father did the experiment in the lab.

是昨天晚上我父亲在实验室做的那个实验。

it was in the lab that my father did the experiment yesterday evening.

是在实验室里我父亲昨天晚上做的那个实验。

it is the ability to do the job that matters not where you come from or what you are.

干工作的能力不在乎你来自何方还是干什么的。

it will not be you who(that) will have to take the blame for this.不是你必须承担这份责任。

it’s the servant who killed mr. smith.是仆人杀害的史密斯先生。

it must be the servant who killed mr. smith.一定是仆人杀害的史密斯先生。

it may have been at christmas that john gave mary a handbag.

或许是在圣诞节，约翰送手提包给玛丽的。

what was it that made you so happy?使你这么高兴的到底是什么？

whom was it that mr. smith saw in the college yesterday?

史密斯先生昨天在大学里见到的那个人到底是谁？

24. it is/was not until 被强调部分 that ……

直到… …才 … …

it was not until she took off her dark glasses that i realized she was a famous film star.

直到她摘下墨镜来我才意识到她是一位著名影星。

it was not until i had read your letter that i understood the true state of affairs.

直到我读了你的信，我才了解到事情的真实情况。

it is not until i have seen it with my own eyes that i will believe it.

只有我亲眼看到这件事，我才相信它。

25. it is/was … not … (被强调部分) that… 是… …而不是… …

it is/was not …but …(被强调部分) that…不是……而是……

it was last week not yesterday that she met your brother in new york.

她是在上周而不是在昨天，在纽约看见你弟弟的。

it was not last week but yesterday that she met your brother in new york.

她不是在上周而是在昨天，在纽约看见你弟弟的。

it was mary’s bag not jone’s that was lost at school yesterday evening.

昨晚是玛丽的提包，不是琼斯的提包，在学校丢了。

it was not mary’s bag but jone’s that was lost at school yesterday evening.

昨晚不是玛丽的提包，而是琼斯的提包，在学校丢了。

26. it is/was because … … that … … 是因为… … 才… …

it was because he was ill that he had to see a doctor.是因为病了，他才不得不去看医生的。

he told me that it was because he was ill that they decided to return.

他告诉我正是因为他患病了他们才决定回来的。

it was because the weather was too bad that we failed to get in touch with them.

正是因为天气太坏，我们才没有和他们联系上。

27. it is/was not because… … but because … … that … …

不是因为 … … 而是因为 … … 才 … …

it is not because she is beautiful but because she has a talent for music that i recommend her.

我不是因为她美，而是因为她有音乐天才，才推荐她的。

it is not because of your efficiency but because of long absence that you get little money.

不是因为你做事效率低，而是因为你缺勤时间久，得到的钱才少的。

28. it is/was (被强调部分) (that) … … that … …

正是 … … 的这个 … … 才 … …

it is the fact that we have spent all our money that we must face.

正是我们已花光我们所有钱财的这一事实，才是我们必须面对的。

it was that he was chosen that made us very happy.正是他被选中这件事，才使我们非常高兴的。

it is in the factory (that) we visited last week that his father works.

他父亲工作的地方，正是上周我们参观的那家工厂。

it is in the way (that) i like that she cooks chicken.她正是以我喜欢的方式烹调鸡肉的。

四、it 用于特殊结构句型

㈠ 常用固定句型

29. it is time for sb. to do sth 到……时间了; 该到……了

it is time(about time, high time) (that) sb. did sth. 时间已迟了; 早该……了

it is time for you to go to bed. 你该睡觉了。

it is time you went to bed. 你早该睡觉了。

it is (high) time that 后面的从句谓语动词要用过去式或用should加动词原形，但should不可省略。

it is time that the children went to bed. (= it is high time that the children should go to bed.)

该到孩子们上床睡觉的时间了。

it’s about time you stopped smoking.是你该戒烟的时候了。

jack’s suit was old and it was high time we bought a new one.

杰克的衣服已经穿旧，是该买一套新的时候了。

30. it is the first / second time（表次数） that从句 这是第一次 /第二次… …

该结构中的从句部分，用现在完成时。

it is the first time that i have visited the city.

it was the third time that the boy had been late.

31. it is 一段时间 since从句

it has been 一段时间 since从句

自从… … 以来已经 … …

该句型中 “ it is … since…”可代替“it has been … since …”，意思不变。

it is (= has been) five years since we last met.自从我们上次见面以来已经有五年了。

it is two years since i became a postgraduate student.我成为研究生已有两年了。

it seems a long time since we last met.自从我们上次见面以来似乎过了很长时间。

it was years/ ages since i had seen her.自从我上次见过她已经多年/很久了。

it is just a week since we arrived here.我们到这里刚一星期。

--- my uncle comes in from iraq tonight.

--- how long has it been since you last saw him

--- 我叔叔今晚从伊拉克回来了。

--- 你们分别后有多长时间了？

注意：since从句中用延续性动词或状态动词的一般过去时，通常表示动作或状态的完成或结束。

it is five years since he lived here.他不住在这儿已五年了。

it is a long time since he smoked.他戒烟已有好长时间了。

it is three years since he joined the army.他参军三年了。

it is three years since he was in the army.他复员（离开军队）三年了。

32. it be 一段时间 before从句 好久… … 就 … …

该结构中be可以换用其他半系动词，也可以用将来时。

it was some time before he could speak.过了好一会以后他才说出话来。

it was not long before i realized my mistake.不久我就意识到了我的错误。

it seemed a long time before my turn came.似乎过了好一会儿才轮到我。

it may be many years before we meet again.我们可能要好多年以后才能见面。

it will be a long time before we finish this dictionary.我们要用很长时间才能完成这本词典。

it will be five years before we meet again.要等5年我们才能在见面。

㈡ 固定习语句型

此类句型颇多，现就高中出现的列举一二：

33. it / that (all) depends. 要看情况而定

--- can you come to the party tonight?

--- it all depends when i finish my paper.

--- 你今晚能来参加晚会吗？

--- 那要看我什么时候做完作业。

--- what will you do? --- i don’t know. it depends.

--- 你愿意干点什么？ --- 我不知道。要看情况。

34. it’s /that’s too bad (that)从句 太不幸了；太可惜了；真糟糕

it is too bad jack doesn’t know german better.

真可惜杰克的德语没有学得更好一些。

it was too bad david had a bad cold when the circus came to our town.

真不凑巧，当马戏团来到我们镇上时戴维得了重感冒。

35. when / if it comes / came to the point, … … 到了紧要关头；到采取行动或作出决定的时候

when it came to the point, he refused to help.到了紧要关头时他却拒绝援助。

i’m sure when it comes to the point, mary won’t marry him after all.

我敢肯定，到做决定时，玛丽是根本不会嫁给他的。

经典练习：

1． we asked john and jerry, but ______ of then could offer a satisfactory explanaion.

a. either b.none c.both d.neither

2.my daughter often makes a schedule to get ______ reminded of what she is to do in the day.

a.herself b.her c.she d.hers

3.we have only a sofa, a table and a bed in our apartment. we need to buy _____ more furniture.

a.any b.many c.little d.some

4.we needed a new cupboard for the kitchen. so peter made _____ from some wood we had.

a. it b.one c.himself d.another.

5. i like _____ in the autumn when the weather is clear and bright.

a.this b.that c.it d.one

6. –do you like_____ here?

-oh, yes. the air, the weather, the way of life. everything is nice.

a.this b.these c.that d.it

7.that’s an an unpleasant thing to say about your father after ______ he’s done for you.

a.something b.anything c.all d.that

8.there’s _____ cooking oil left in the house. would you go to the corner store and get ____?

a.little;some b.little;any c.a little; some d.a little; any

9.i got the story from tom and ____ people who had worked with him.

a.every other b.many others c.some other d. other than

10. i had to buy ____ these books because i didn’t know which one was the best.

a.both b.none c.neither d.all

11.i have done much of the work. could you please finish_____ in two days?

a.the rest b.the other c.another d.the others

12.-you haven’t lost the ticket, have you?

-_______. i know it’s not easy to get another one at the moment.

a.i hope not b. yes, i have c.i hope so d.yes, i’m afraid so

13.-which of the three ways shall i take to the village?

-______ way as you please.

a.each b.every c.any d.either

14.playing tricks on others is _______ we should never do.

a.anything b.something c.everything d.nothing

15.it is _____any wonder that his friend doesn’t like watching television much.

a.no b.such c.nearly d.hardly

16.i intended to compare notes with a friend, but unfortunately _____ couldn’t spare me even one minute.

a.they b.one c.who d.it

17.-one week’s time has been wasted.

-i can’t believe we did all that work for _____.

a.sometime b.nothing c.everything d.anything

18.-there’s coffee and tea; you can have _______.

-thanks.

a.either b.each c.one d.it

19.-susan, go and join your sister cleaning the yard.

-why _____? jhon is sitting there doing nothing.

a.him b.he c. i d.me

20.he did it _______ it took me.

a.one-third a time b.one-third time c.the one-third time d.one-third the time

21.shanghai is really a fascinating city and we’ve decided to stay for _____ two weeks.

a.another b.other c.the other d.other’s

22.the young dancers looked so charming in their beautiful clothes that we took ______pictures of them.

a.many of b.masses of c. the number of d.a large amount of

23. the mother didn’t know ______ to blame for the broken glass as it happened while she was out.

a.who b.when c.how d.what

24. meeting my uncle after all these years was an unforgettable moment, ____i will always treasure.

a. that b.one c.it d.what

25. –you’re always working. come on , let’s go shopping.

- _____ you ever want to do is going shopping.

a. anything b.something c.all d.that

26. as a result of destroying the forests,a large _____ of desert _____ covered the land.

a.number; has b.quantity; has c.number; have d.quantiry; have

27. if this dictionary is not yours, ________ can it be?

a.what else b.who else c.which else’s d.who else’s

28. some of the wheat is from canada. what about ___?

a. another b.the other c. others d. the rest

29.-why don’t we take a little break?

-didn’t we just have ____?

a.it b.that c. one d. this

30.if you want to change for double room, you’ll have to pay _____$15.

a.another b.other c. more d. each

31. _____ of the land in that district ______covered with trees and grass.

a. two fifth; is b.two fifth; are c.two fifths; is d.two fifths; are

32.-do you want tea or coffe?

-______. i really don’t mind.

a. both b.none c.either d.neither

33.one of the sides of the board should be painted yellow, and _____.

a.the other is white b.another white c.the other white d.another is white

34.few pleasures can equal _____ of a cool drink on a hot day.

a.some b.any c.that d.those

35.dr black comes from either oxford or cambridge, i can’t remember _____.

a.where b.there c.which d.that

36.i agree with most of what you said, but i don’t agree with ______.

a.everything b.anything c.something d.nothing

37.______ friends betty had made there were all invited to her birthday party.

a.few of b.few c.the few d. a few

38. some people would rather ride bike as bike riding has ____ of the trouble of taking buses.

a.nothing b.none c.some d.neither

39.you can buy these maps at _______ railway station. they all have them.

a.all b.any c.every d.each

40.at that tiem neither country allowed _____ to open any companies on its land.

a.another b.the other c.other d.the others

41.most of the housework was done by two members of the family, my sister and _____.

a.me b.i c.myself d.mine

42.-the city is completely strange to me.

-here is a map for you. it is as good a ma[ as _____.

a.neither b .none c.any d.every

43.-which of the two italian films do you like better?

-_____,because they are meaningless.

a.both b.either c.none d.neither

44.-would you like some soft drink?

-yes, but only _____.

a.a few b.a little c.few d.little

45._____ was thoughtful _____ john to send me this present.

a.it; for b.he; for c.it; of d.he; of

46.-we talked twenty miles today.

-i never guessed you could have walked ____far.

a.as b.those c.that d.such

47.not all these books are second-hand, _____ of which are new.

a. all b.none c.some d.each

48.two ancient chinese vases, _______ worth $1,000, were sold at sotheby’s last monday.

a.which b.each c.every d.all

49.the computers we use today are much better than ____ we used ten years ago.

a.one b.that c.ones d.those

50.i prefer a street in a small town to ______ in such a large city as shanghai.

a.that b.it c.this d.one

51.i’ve just seen no more than one copy of gone with the wind in the bookshop opposite. tom, go and buy ______ back.

a.one b.any c.it d.some

52.some of the wheat is from canada. what about ____?

a.another b.the other c.others d.the rest

53.one of the sides of the board should be painted yellow, and ______.

a.the other is white b.another white c.the other white d.another is white

54.tom’s motehr kept telling him that he should work harder, but _____didn’t help.

a.he b.which c.she d.it

55.-do you live _____ near jim?

-no, he lives in another part of the town.

a. somewhere b.nowhere c.anywhere d.them both

56.-which coat would you prefer, sir?

-i’ll take _____, to have a change sometimes.

a.all them b.them all c.both them d.them both.

57.we couldn’ eat in restaurant because ________ of us had _____money on us.

a.all; no b.any; no c.none; any d.no one; any

58.they are good friends. _____is no wonder that they know each other so well.

a.this b.that c.there d.it.

59.the headmaster asked _____ students to be strict with ourselves in everything.

a.us b.his c.the d.our

60.-do you have _____ at home now, mum?

-no, we still have to get scores of eggs and some vegetables.

a. nothing b.everything c.anything d.something

61.i haven’t brought the dictionary with ______. will you lend me _____?

a. my; your b.me; your c.mine; yours d.me; yours

62.the noise of the party prevented me from getting _____ sleep.

a.some b.any c.no d.many.

keys:1-5 dadbc 6-10 dcacd 11-15 aacbd 16-20 abadd 21-25 ababc 26-30 bddca 31-35ccccc 36-40 acbbb 41-45 abdbc 46-50 ccbdd 51-55cdcda 56-60 dcdab 61-62 db

责任编辑：李芳芳

篇10：谓语的常见用法 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

谓语的常见用法

ⅰ．概说

a．英语句子结构相对简单

1．5种类型的谓语

1326 在一个完整的句子中，主语之外的部分称为谓语，共有5种类型的谓语。

第一类包含一个不及物动词（ⅳ）：

he came．

my wife cried．

第二类包含一个及物动词及其宾语（tv＋o）：

john likes me．

his uncle wrote letters．

第三类包含一个双宾动词、一个间接宾语和一个直接宾语（dv io do）：

they teach me english．

i bought mary sugar．

第四类包含一个系动词及主语补语（lv＋c）：

he is a teacher．

she looks sad．

第五类包含一个宾补动词、宾语及宾语补语（fv＋o＋c）：

we made him king．

she left the house dirty．

2．动词的短语形式

1327 不过动词、宾语及补语的意义还应当广一些，上面例句中的及物动词、不及物动词或其他动词都是一个单词，但有时可以是一个起同样作用的短语或成语。例如“及物动词 名词”可以看作是一种不及物动词：

he lost heart．（他灰心了。）

this habit has struck root．（这种习惯已根深蒂固）

下面句子中的动词成语则可以看作是一种及物动词：

i looked for my lost dictionary．（我在找我弄失的字典。）

he paid attention to his lesson．（他很注意他的功课。）

he gave up drinking．（他戒酒了。）

he is afraid of blood．（他怕血。）

he can't get along with anyone．（他和谁都处不好。）

下面句中的动词成语可以看作一种宾补动词：

i waited for him to come．（我等他来。）

详见 1182-1206节。

3．宾语的9种形式

1328 此外，也不只是名词或代词可用作宾语，共有9种东西可用作及物动词、双宾动词及宾补动词的宾语。由于它们是名词或起名词的作用，可以称作名词等同体（noun－equivalent），名词等同体，可用作动词的宾语：

i know john（名词）．

she kept the floor dirty．

i will teach john chinese．

i know him（代词）．

she kept it clean．

that depends upon them．

he threw out an apple of discord（名词短语）．

i have just visited the board of trade．

i am not fond of wild goose chase．

this matter interests the rich and the poor（the 形容词或分词）．

the general visited the dying and the wounded．i know the long and（the） short of this case．

he wants to go to college（不定式）．

she refuses to marry me．

i asked to see a friend in prison．

he is fond of swimming in the morning（动名词）．

he avoids meeting any of his friends．

i postponed going to the doctor．

i know that she loves me（that引起的从句）．

i am sure that you will succeed．

is he afraid that he will be defeated？

i wonder what he wants（疑问词引起的从句）．

i asked where he had been．

i don't know which way i should go．

i don't know what to do（疑问词引起的不定式）．

i am doubtful how to settle this problem．

i do not care where to eat dinner．

4．补语的15种形式

1329 不只是名词和形容词可用作补语，上面所提的9种名词等同体以及下面例句中的6种形容词等同体（adjective－equiva－lent）都可用作系动词或宾补动词的补语。

名词及名词等同体作补语：

he is a king（名词）．

we chose him chairman．

it is me（代词）．

he became a fish out of water（名词短语）．

i find it a moot point．

the victims are always the poor（the 形容词）．

to respect others is to be respected（不定式）．

seeing is believing（动名词）．

his purpose is that all children should be educated（that引起的从句）．

the problem is who is to blame（疑问词引起的从句）．

my problem is how to learn（疑问词引起的不定式）．

形容词及形容词等同体作补语：

he seems happy（形容词）．

you look young．

he makes me angry．

he is out（地点副词）．

the show is over．

time is up．

he is at home（介词短语）．

we are on good terms．

he leaves his desk out of order．

it seems interesting（现在分词）．

the situation grows encouraging．

i saw mary smoking．

i am astonished（过去分词）．

he looked frightened．

i had my clothes washed．

he is to blame（不定式）．

it is to be thrown away．

he wants his daughter to marry a rich man．

5．再复杂的句子也可简化

1330 因此我们可以把许多词看成一个词，把许多不同形式看作同类东西，从而使句子的结构变得简单化。例如我们可以把i know that he does not like to live in this country．中的10个斜体词和i know john．中的一个斜体词看作是有同一语法作用的东西，因为两者都是及物动词的宾语。我们也可把he begged to see a friend in prison．中的 6个斜体词和he begged pardon．中的一个斜体词看作是作用相等，因为两者都是宾语。

同样，我们也可把he is to come to the office at eight．中的7个斜体词和he is punctual．中的一个斜体词看作相等的东西，因为两者都是补语。另外下面4个句子中的斜体词，形式不一，我们却可看作一类东西，都是及物动词或是起及物动词作用的词组：

he likes chocolate．（他喜欢巧克力。）

he is fond of teaching．（他爱教书。）

john pays attention to his business．（约翰关心他的买卖。）

i am sure that he will be a good husband．（我肯定他会是一个好丈夫。）

此外，在上面单元中，我们已谈到名词、名词成语、不定式、从句等等，尽管形式不同，字数不等，却都起同样作用，担任句子的主语。这样，不管多复杂的句子都可简化，而简化是语法的目的。

b．何种谓语类型用何种动词

1．47种谓语类型

1331 我们一方面有不同形式的动词，另一方面有不同形式的宾语及补语。把它们结合起来，再加上一些其他因素，我们可以得出47种基本的谓语类型，这几乎代表了英语中的各种可能的谓语。我们可能读到的或写出的任何谓语，几乎都可以（而且应当）纳入这些类型。这47种类型可列举如下：

iv 有3种类型

tv＋o 有15种类型

dv＋io＋do 有5种类型

lv＋c 有13种类型

fv＋o＋c 有11种类型

5类谓语 共有47种类型

2．一个特定动词只能用在几个特定的谓语类型中

1332 为了更好了解这些谓语类型，先看看下面句子：

a．i know him to work hard．

b．we want him to come．

c．she let us to use her car．

d．they suppose all of us to obey．

e．john saw mary to walk with a boy．

所有这些句子的谓语都属于第42种类型，即“宾补动词 名词 不定式”，但只有b．句的谓语是正确的，因为只有want这一动词可用于这个类型，其他动词都不能这样用。再看下面句子：

a．i tried advising her．

b．i asked seeing the boss．

c．he thinks going with you．

d．we wish moving to another place．

e．they refused helping us．

上面所有谓语都属于第13种类型，即“及物动词 动名词”，但只有a．句是正确的，因为动词tried可用于这种类型，而其他动词不可这样用。

从上面10个例句我们可以看出，一个特定动词只能用在某一特定的类型中，在一特定类型中，一个特定的动词能用还是不能用，完全是一个习惯用法的问题。

1333 从下面句子中可以看出know可用在多少类型的谓语中：

i know john．（及物动词 名词）（正确）

i know john to come tomorrow．（宾补动词 名词 不定式）（错误）

i know that john comes tomorrow．（及物动词 that引起的从句）（正确）

i know to answer this question．（及物动词 不定式）（错误）

i know the work easy．（宾补动词 名词 形容词）（错误）

i know how to answer this question．（及物动词 疑问词引起的不定式）（正确）

i know the work to be easy．（宾补动词 名词 to be 形容词）（正确）

i know john coming（宾补动词 名词 现在分词）．（错误）

i know organizing a political party（及物动词 动名词）．（错误）

从上面例句我们可以看出某些动词只能用在47种类型的某些类型中，不能在许多类型中使用。

3．一个特定的谓语类型中只能用某些特定的动词

1334 有些类型中可以使用很多动词，另一些却只能使用少量动词。例如在“系动词 that引起的从句”这种类型中只能用be这一个动词。在“不及物动词 介词 疑问词引起的从句”这种类型中约可用20个动词，在“及物动词 不定式或动名词”这类类型中，约可用50个动词，而在“及物动词 that引起的从句”这种类型中，约可用150个动词。每种类型中能用的动词，在本单元中将几乎全部列出并加上例句，以便读者了解并掌握什么动词在何种类型中使用。不过某些谓语类型中可用的动词极多（可说是成百上千）。在这种情况下只能给出一小部分动词。

c．谓语类型与句型

1335 关于上面提到的类型有几点值得注意：

1．动词只须与主语在人称和数上一致，因此它们之间的关系相对比较简单。而动词和宾语及补语的关系比较复杂，这在下面47种谓语类型中可清楚看出。如果对主语不加考虑，这47种谓语类型也就是47种句型。事实上在下面讨论中，谓语类型的公式都采用“s＋tv＋n”，“s dv＋n＋n”，“s＋fv＋n＋a”这类形式，里面包含了主语（s），因此也就代表了句型。

2．一个句型可以包含一个简单句：

john knows how to play football．

he avoided meeting her at some party．

3．它也可以包含一个带有宾语从句的复合句：

he knows what you are doing．

i asked where he got it．

4．但并列句中至少需有两个句型：

i have decided to go（一个句型）and he will go too（一个句型），but she decides to remain at home（一个句型）．（共包含三个句型）

d．修饰语与独立成分

1336 句型指一个完整句子的骨架，它可包含任何数量的修饰语（即形容词、副词及起同样作用的其他词语）。这些修饰语可能在意思上很重要，但在语法上却是可以删除的，在我们考虑句型，也就是句子的基本结构时，可以对它们不加考虑。所有下面句子都属于同一句型，即“主语 及物动词 名词”，但却可包含不同类型的修饰语（斜体部分）。最后包含25个词的句子和第一个包含4个词的句子同属一个句型：

i saw a house．

i saw a big house．

i saw a big house on the opposite side．

i saw a big house on the opposite side，which was said to be haunted by a ghost．

yesterday i saw a big house…．

yesterday when i sailed down the river i saw a big house…．

修饰语在后面将作详细讨论。句型还可以包含一个独立成分，但基本结构不变。

所有下面句子都属于同一句型，即“主语 系动词 补语”：

that man is crazy．

oh！that man is crazy．

oh！that man is crazy，i am sure．

oh！that man is crazy，you may be sure，mary．

e．句型的用法

1337 在下面讨论中，所列出能用于某句型的动词的数目只是大致估计。列出的目的只是说明某一句型使用范围大致有多广。一般说来，数目越小，越难使用，因为如果这个句型只限于用少数动词，则用错的机会更多。

1338 偶尔也会有些例外的句子无法归入这47种句型的任何一个。但如果把某些不规则的动词短语适当转换为规则的动词短语，则它们大部分仍可归入某些句型：

i have a good mind（=intend）to punish you．（have a good mind可能换为intend，则句型将是“主语 及物动词 不定式”。）

he will have it（=insists） that i have cheated him．（主语 及物动词 that引起的从句）

“who has taken my pen？”“john（has taken your pen）．”

（i）beg（your）pardon．

（it was）no sooner said than（it was） done．

（you） live and let（others）live．

（i wish you）good luck！

1339 确定一个句子属于哪个句型是有好处的。下面的句子都是错的，因为它们不代表47种句型中的任何一个：

1．i hear about that john has arrived．（主语 不及物动词 介词 that引起的从句）

2．i paid attention what he was doing．（主语 及物动词 名词 疑问词引起的从句）

3．he is afraid of that he will be assassinated．（主语 系动词 形容词 介词 that引起的从句）

4．he is afraid being assassinated．（主语 系动词 形容词 动名词）

5．i know that who has broken the window．（主语 及物动词 that 疑问词引起的从句）

6．we want peaceful．（主语 及物动词 形容词）

这些句型应改正如下：

正确句型 正确句子

1．主语 及物动词 that引 i hear that john has ar-

起的从句 rived．

2．主语 及物动词 名词 i paid attention to what

介词 疑问词引起的从句 he was doing．

3．主语 系动词 形容词 he is afraid that he will

that引起的从句 be assassinated．

4．主语 系动词 形容词 he is afraid of being as-

介词 动名词 sassinated．

5．主语 及物动词 疑问词 i know who has broken

引起的从句 the window．

6．主语 及物动词 名词 we want peace．

其次，应确定使用的动词是否适合用于某个谓语类型。

f．47种句型的公式

1340 每种句型都可以用一个公式来代表，例如：“s＋iv”，“s＋tv＋n”，“s＋lv＋ap”，“s ＋fv＋n pap”，“s＋dv＋n＋that－cl”．下面列出了代表某些词的缩写形式：

s= subject（主语） pap ＝past participle（过

o= object（宾语） 去分词）

c= complement（补语） n= noun or pronoun（名

io= indirect object（间接 词或代词）

宾语） r= reflexive pronoun（反

do= direct object（直接 身代词）

宾语） a= adjective（形容词）

iv= intransitive verb（不 p= preposition（介词）

及物动词） ap＝adverb of place，or

tv＝transitive verb（及 adverbial particle，as

物动词） in，out，up，away

dv= dative verb（双宾动 （地点副词或副词性小

词） 品词）

lv＝linking verb（系动

词） w－cl = interrogative-

fv= factitive verb（宾补 clause，（疑问词引起的动词）

从 句，由whether，

i= infinitive（不定式） what，which，who，

g= gerund（动名词） whom，whose，where，

prp = present participle when，why，how引

（现在分词） 起）

that-cl= noun-clause inn．＝innumreable＝hun-

（that引起的名词从 dreds or thousands（无

句） 数，成百上千）

“”表示它前后的词构成成语，如iv．p，lv．a．p．，tv．n．p，lv．pap，它们包含2个或3个词。

1341 一个“ ”号表示这个句型包含2个基本成分，即主语及不及物动词，如：

s iv s iv．ap

2个“ ”号表示这个句型包含有3个基本成分，即主语，及物动词及宾语，如：

s tv n s iv．p that－cl

s lv．a．p g

或指另外3个成分，如主语、系动词及补语：

s lv a s lv that-cl

s lv p．n

3个“ ”号表示这个句型包含4个成分：主语、双宾动词、间接宾语及直接宾语，如：

s dv n n s dv n w-cl

s dv n that-cl

也可以是另外4个成分，如主语、宾补动词、宾语及（宾语）补语：

s fv n a s fv n pap

s iv．p n i

这里我们可以了解一个十分重要的事实，即英语句子是很简单的，它少则包含两个成分，多则包含四个成分。

了解了公式及图解的意义，现在就可开始藉助它们研究47种谓语类型或句型。注意：句子末尾的星号表示这个句子将在每一类句型讲完之后进行图解。

ⅱ．47种谓语类型（附公式及图解）

a．各种不及物动词

1．s iv（john laughed．）

1342 不及物动词不跟有宾语或补语，其数量不可胜数：

they smiled．john died．mary walked slowly．fire burns．

i dreamed last night．he wept bitterly．you must dress for dinner．that depends．it does not pay．

1343 通常跟有宾语的及物动词，如果宾语可以猜出，着重点不是宾语，而是动词（动作）时，可以把宾语省略，用作不及物动词：

a tractor can cut，push，pull，dig，lift，pump，carry and spray．the blind do not see．we must eat．i will change （my dress）．the knife cuts well．i will consider．if time permits．he can read．don't trouble（yourself）．the stain shows（itself）．they married（each other）．

1344 有些动词用在表示数量的名词前，看起来像及物动词，实际上却是不及物动词：

the thermometer rose（or fell）two degrees．

he waited ten minutes．the wedding lasted three days．

i walked five miles．

1345 图解：

2．s iv．ap（john moved in．）

1346 无数的不及物动词可以跟有特定的地点副词，与之构成成语。但在多数情况下，这些副词并不表示地点，而有其他意思，因此可以称作副词性小品词（adverbial particle）．

a．don't answer back（=answer rudely）when a superior speaks to you．he backs away（=draws back）from her because he has made her angry．don't worry，i will never back out（=fail to fulfil a promise）．in order to survive， we must band together（=unite）．he barged in（＝inter－ rupted rudely） while we were talking．the storm will soon blow over（=pass away without injurious effect）．the dynamite placed beneath the bridge blew up（=exploded）．he blows up（=loses his temper）at every small incident．quick！the soup is boiling over（=over－flowing the side of a pan）．brace up（=take courage）if you really want to get married．many prisoners broke away（=suddenly escaped）．our car suddenly broke down（=failed to function）on our way home．a fire broke out（＝started suddenly and violently）on sixth street．tears burst forth（=suddenly appeared）．

b．she colours up（=blushes）if we mention her love．an accident like this comes about（=happens）every day．my wife and i come together（＝are reconciled）after ten years of quarrel．the seeds have come up（=shot up above the ground）．when we were talking，a young man came up （=approached）．three days after the quarrel，i cooled down（=became calm）．she was shocked at the bill，but she had to cough up（=pay，perhaps unwillingly）．hardly a week had he learned computer science when he cracked up（= suffered a mental breakdown）．an error may creep in（=steal in unnoticed）．this old empire crumbled away （=disintegrated gradually）because of misrule．i should not take much sugar，but i cannot cut down（=lessen）．

c．all members of my family dine out（=eat away from home）every sunday．they drink liquor every day and can－ not do without（=dispense with it）．we dressed up（= put on formal clothes）for a banquet．i will drop by（=call casually）when i am free．the production of rice dropped off（=decreased）last year．he dropped out（=left school before finishing his courses）at fifteen．the well has dried up（＝become dry）．the road is rough，we should ease down（=lessen speed）．let us ease down（＝work less，make less effort）．his reputation faded out（=gradually disappeared）after his death．the country fell apart（= fell to pieces）because of civil war．i never fall back（=re－treat）before difficulties．our country falls behind（= drops behind）in science and technology．let us fall to（= begin to eat or to work．）

d．we were unable to get by（=pass）because the road was blocked．she got down（=dismounted）from her horse．the train got in．we got off（＝started a journey）．how are you getting on？i get up at six in the morning．at last i have to give in（=yield）．rice is going down（= becoming cheaper）．a rumour went forth（＝became public）．the gun went off（=exploded）suddenly．our work went on（=continued）．the candle has gone out（= ceased to burn）．i won't hold back（=keep behind）if every one goes forward．since i have started，i can't leave off（=stop）．look in（=pay a short visit）as you pass．while all are busy，don't look on（=be a mere spectator）．look out（=take precaution），here comes a truck！i moved in（=moved into a house）after he moved out．all trouble will pass away（=cease to exist）．she passed away（=died）a month ago．

e．the clock ran down（=stopped running，because the battery had exhausted itself）．she ran on（=talked incessantly）．supplies have run out（=become exhausted）．bad weather set in（=began）．we set out（=set off）on february 16．he settled down（=established himself） at a small village． i don't want to listen any more，so shut up！ he stood aside（or apart，aloof） while we were quarrelling．some stood back（＝retreated），some stood out （＝refused to yield）．the proposal will stand over（=be postponed）till next friday．at the bad news i stepped back from surprise．the tyrant should step down（=re-sign）．many volunteers stepped forward（=offered help）．my brothers quarrelled，but my father never stepped in（=interfered）．he stowed away（=hid in a ship or plane to get a free ride）．the band struck up（＝began to play）．he summed up（=summarized）after a debate．the son tagged behind（or along）（＝followed closely）wherever his mom went．before i think ahead（=anticipate），i think back（=recall）．our business is just ticking over（= getting on in a routine way）．we touched down（=landed after a flight）at 6 p．m．many workers walked out（=re- fused to work）．

1347 图解：

3．s ivp（this cloth wore well．）

1348 约有九十个不及物动词用于主动形式却有被动意义，它们通常和表示无生命东西的主语连用：

a．this play acts excellently．the figures will not add up．the bread bakes well．the door blew open．the candle blew out．this bottle does not break．the dust won't brush off the hat．the luggage carries easily．david's raincoat caught on the nail．some of the documents don't seem to check with the facts．this cannot compare （favourably）with that．some of the sentences won't construe．potatoes will cook slowly．every minute counts．these people mostly count for nothing．the potatoes cropped well last year，but i think will crop badly this year．this light wood cuts like butter．the pineapple doesn't cut easily．this piece of cloth will cut up into two suits．instinct derives from ancestors．milk digests easily．thie wine drinks well．the tooth draws easily．the frog eats like chicken．

b．this dress fastens down the back．the toilet does not flush．the eggs hatch out easily．this rice won't grind fine．water heats readily．this cloth irons easily．this house lets well．the door will not lock．these books pack easily．my watch pawns for two dollars．these potatoes peel easily．she photographs（takes） well．the land ploughs hard．the film does not print well．this story reads ill（or well）．the photo reproduces well．

c．his house rents at＄800 a month．this poem does not rhyme．a shame does．not rub off．this plastic scratches easily．the play screen badly（=is unfit for filming）．the book sells well．this door won't shut．this cigarette smokes better than others．this wood split straight．this material stains easily．the ship steers with ease．the match will not strike．this paper will not tear．his de－ scent traced back to a king．this poem translates easily．the tv set won't turn on．this board will never warp．this material washes easily．such shoes wear badly．the plan worked out well．the photo washes out a little．

d．drums are beating（=are being beaten）．the book is binding（=is being bound）．some trouble is brewing．young people are always brimming with new ideas．the house is building．the bridge is completing now．the meal is digesting well．what is doing now？the task is finishing．guns are firing．friendship is forming．the theatre is rapidly filling up with people．the fish is frying．the house is leasing．the cows are milking．one boy is missing（or wanting）．he paid what was owing．music was playing．something is preparing．my application is processing．the problem is settling this way．a new film is showing．the boy is shaping well．the seeds of trouble are sowing．the fruits are spoiling quickly．measures are taking．

1349 图解：

b．各种及物动词＋各种宾语

4．s tv n或 s tv．n（john learned japanese．）

1350 无数的及物动词可以用名词或代词作宾语：

john has a plan．do you like him？what an interesting book

i am reading！ he speaks english．i love cats．

1351 不及物动词有时和后面跟的名词构成成语。整个成语，如果被化作一个整体，可以看成是一个不及物动词：

he lost hope（=despaired）．he gave ground（=retreated） the accident took place（=happened）this morning．

he made the grade（=succeeded）．we made our way（= advanced）to the jungle．

在某些成语中，名词前没有冠词，也没有物主代词：

a．he will bear witness．her beauty beggars description（= makes words poor）．don't borrow trouble（=worry about trouble that won't come）．we broke ground（=ploughed，untilled ground，began an undertaking）．our boat cast anchor．i often caught cold．he caught fever（or infection）．her house caught fire．he changed colour（=be－ came pale）．his personality commands esteem（or respect）．he never did evil（or ill，wrong）．none of us care whether they do right or wrong，good or harm．we did（=produced）romeo and juliet．jan did（=acted） juliet．i did（=prepared）omelette（or breakfast）．tom did（=wrote） poetry．his brother did（=translated） french into english．i did（=studied） electricity．they cry wolf（=give a false warning）just for arms aid．

b．one must exercise patience and caution when one exercises authority and discipline．he felt regret，but not satisfaction．he found time（or leisure） to study．he has finished college．after he took the lead，we followed suit．they gained time by giving me ambiguous answers．my watch gained time．we have gained ground（=got an advantage）．we will soon gain power，if we are patient enough．he gave evidence in the law－court．he gave ear（or heed，credit）to the rumour．he gave judgement （or advice，notice，warning，trouble）．i've had it（= can't suffer any more）．you hit it（=said the right thing）．this theory doesn't hold water（=isn't valid）．the criminal jumped（or skipped）bail（=gave up the bail money and ran away to avoid trial）．

c．my mother kept house and kept books．being hospitable he kept open house（= provided hospitability for any comer）．he cannot keep body and soul together（=keep away hunger）．he kept bad company（=associated with bad people）．my watch does not keep（good）time，so i am late．he killed time by reading novels or doing another thing interesting．

d．he left school last year．we may lose ground but will never lose hope．i never lost courage（or heart）after i fail．be quick，don't lose time．he lost self-contrcl（or himself）in moments of stress．

e．mother makes dinner．it seemed late，but he made good time（= travelled fast and arrived on time）．he doesn't work hard，but he makes good salary．make haste（or speed）．he can make money（or profit），but spend much．after so many years of war we must make peace．i made tea（or hay）．we made way（＝stood aside） for others to pass through．we made way（or headway）（= advanced）in the face of difficulty．he marked time（= spent idle hours）while waiting for his wife．

f．the soldiers mounted（or kept，relieved，stood） guard．he moved heaven and earth（=did everything）to attack his opponent．they opened fire（=started shooting）and killed three of us．the children often play havoc（=do great damage）．he plays politics（＝attains political aims by hook or by crook）．he had broken the window，so he played possum（kept quiet to avoid attention）he played second fiddle（=held a subordinate place）．he failed be－ cause he had often played truant．

g．we raised money for a great project．i can read character from handwriting．he can read music．i must say goodbye now．we said grace（＝said a prayer of thanks before or after a meal）．we set（or made，struck）sail（=began a voyage）in february，1969．he refused to yield，he showed fight．he showed courage（or fear）．he sowed discord among his enemies．he struck oil（=had good luck in some enterprise）．he suffered（or sustained） defeat．

h．don't take alarm if i tell you some bad news．he has to take breath after climbing upstairs．he took cold and could not work．he takes drink and drugs．take heart，don't be afraid．the law will soon take effect（＝be effective）．take exercise every morning and keep healthy．he took flight after murdering a woman．he took medicine（or poison）．don't take offence（=be offended）．something strange took place（=happened）in this old house．let's take rest．we take stock every week．the evil has taken root（=become established）．my dream will take shape （=materialize）next year．he took trouble to help me．

i．don't tempt providence（=take an unnecessary risk）．he has touched bottom（=is begining to prosper after his worst days）．the boat turned turtle（=turned upside down）．

在某些成语中名词前有不定冠词，或作复数：

j．he often acted a double part （=was deceitful）．since i criticized him，he has borne a grudge（=nursed a grievance）．the enemy beat a retreat（=retreated in a hurry）．thomas edison blazed a torch（=started some－ thing new）in various fields．don't breathe a word（=say a word） about this secret．when angry，he calls names（= call somebody by abusive names）．i would like to cross swords（=argue）with this boaster．you have done a good job（=done something well）．i drew a blank（=failed to get any information）when i returned to the office．we must draw a line（=distinguish）between right and wrong．we down tools（=stop work）at six．

k．my sister fixed a date for the celebration．this evening i have a date（or an engagement）（=have a social meeting） with her．i have a job（or a time）（=have trouble）writing this first love letter．（但：i have myself a time ［＝ have a good time］writing it．）as they didn't lift a finger （or a hand）（=didn't give help），i lent（or gave） a hand（=gave help） to the old lady．

1．i made an appointment（=had an engagement to meet some one）for 3 p．m．he made a boast，but who believed him？he made a call over the phone．he made a face（= twisted his face），and then we were no more angry．don't make a fuss（=get excited about a trifle）．john made a hit（=gave a good impression）at the exhibition of his works．shall we make a move（=start）right now？dick made a public appearance after nine years in prison．thomas makes a quick buck（＝earns money quickly）．we make a row（or a scene）（=started a violent quarrel） from time to time．as soon as we arrived we made reservations for hotel rooms．i must make tracks（=set off）before it is late．william made waves（=created a sensation to impress others）at the party．

m．a big boss behind pulls strings（=secretly exerts influence）．don't run a risk（=put yourself in danger）．the patient ran a temperature（=had a fever）．the criminal has served a sentence（or time）（=passed term of imprisonment）．i smell a danger in this desolate area．we struck a happy medium（=found an answer between two extremes）．as you committed mistakes for the first time，we might stretch（or strain）a point（=allow an exception to the rules）．

n．i would willingly take a back seat（=occupy an unimportant position）．we take a coffee break（=drink coffee and rest a short while）after two hours of work．he took（or drew）a long breath before he spoke．the situation took a turn（=changed） for the better．he wouldn't turn an honest penny（=make money by honest means）．

在另一些成语中名词前有定冠词或有物主代词：

o．act your age（=don't be childish）．my warning merely beat the air（= made useless efforts）．i must bide my time （=wait for a good chance）．someone blacked his eye（= gave him a blow）．he blew his own trumpet（=praised himself）．he has blown his mind（=becomes wildly enthusiastic because of drugs）．he bossed the show（＝con- trolled everything）．she boxed his ear（＝smacked him on the ear）．i have to break（or cancel，change，postpone） the appointment．after half an hour of silence，i broke the ice（＝overcome reserve）．the news broke her heart．he broke his word（=failed to keep his promise）．i broke the news（=announced the news） to her．they broke the peace（= quarrelled）．he burned his fingers（=suffered a loss through a rash action）．we buried the hatchet（= made peace）．i am not buying it（=am not to be deceived）．

p．he calls the roll（=calls the names to check who are absent）．dick carried the ball（or the can）（=did the hardest part of the work）．i carried（or gained）my point（= succeeded）．we carried（or gained）the day（=won）．i caught my breath（=rest after hard breathing）after running．he tried to catch the train but missed it．this advertisement catches my eye．he changed his coat（=became a turncoat）．don't change your mind．he changed his tune （＝changed his policy）．he cleared his reputation（=free his name from reproach）．he cracked the whip（=suddenly became bossy）to impress me．we crossed the rubicon （=took a decisive step forward）．when nobody could settle the problem，he cut the gordian knot（=settle it in an unusual rapid way）．

q．i did the sights（or the travel）（=went sightseeing or took a trip）．the little girl can do（=make clean and tidy） her hair，her teeth，her nails，even the laundry，the bed- room，the dishes．she does（=learns）her lessons well，and can do（=solve）any sum（or problem）．she does her bit（＝does her share of duty）splendidly．he dogged my footsteps（=constantly followed me）because he suspected i was a spy working for foreigners．he drags his feet（or heels）（=hesitates）when asked to work．we drew the swords（=were ready to fight）．he has to eat his words （=take back his words）．although small，this table fills the bill（=is just right）．i have to face the music（＝face trouble）．he is feeling his way（=proceeding carefully but slowly）．although they were cripples，they fought the way up the hill．we all follow the crowd．don't worry，i'll foot the bill（=pay all the expenses）．this number of persons will not form the majority．

r．he got the sack（=was dismissed）．he got the upper hand （=gained control）．he has the courage of his convictions （=acts bravely according to his belief）．this car has had its day（=fallen into disuse）．this small affair hits the headlines（=becomes important news）in this small town．the music hits the public taste．he hits his stride（＝exhibits his best ability）when he tells a story．we will hold the fort（=defend the position）to the last．hold your temper（=don't get angry）．i have to hold my tongue（or my peace）（＝keep silent）．i must hold my own（=keep what i have）．we must hold（or keep，maintain）our ground（=keep what we have）．he has always husbanded his resources（=been frugal against an emergency）．

s．i jogged his memory（=reminded him）．he jumped the gun（=started to run before the starter's gun），and jumped the traces（=didn't obey the rules）．the train jumped the rails（or the track）（=suddenly，left the rails） and many were killed．dick slipped but kept his feet（= kept standing）．he knows his way about（or around）（= understands the ways of the world）．he knows the ropes （or the score）（=knows the special rules）in the export business．he will lead the way（=be a guide） to the old castle．i left the beaten track（＝did not follow the crowd）．he lost his reason（=became mad）．

t．he made the grade（＝succeeded）in business．the doctor makes（or goes）the rounds（=goes from place to place to inspect）every morning．we made our way（＝advanced） through the forest．he mended his fences（＝made peace with people who dislike him）．you missed the boat（＝ missed the opportunity）．the company opened its doors （＝started doing business）in 1950 and closed its doors（= stopped doing business）in 1983．this exhibition opened our eyes（=made us see the truth）．i picked my way（= proceeded）up a steep hill．i must play the game（=do what is right）．you played your cards well（=acted cleverly）．dick played the market（=bought and sold stocks） and lost lots of money．jim pocketed his dignity（=laid a- side his pride）and even pocketed an insult（＝accepted it）．he has poisoned your ear（or mind）so that you can't be fair．

u．every member should pull his weight（＝does his part）．don't pull my leg（=fool me）．once you succeed，never push your luck（=expect to continue to be lucky）．he has to run the gauntlet（=receive a series of ill treatment）．he ruled the roost（=lorded it over）．we must save the situation（=do something to improve the situation）．anew method will see the light（=be disclosed）．this serves my turn（or purpose）．i have served my apprenticeship for seven years．she set the table for ten persons．he shows his face after ten years of absence．i will show the way．everyone sings his praises（=praises him strongly）．he sowed his wild oats（=led a dissipated life when young）．i will speak my mind（=speak candidly）．he stole the show（=acted so well that the audience ignored the other performers）．he stole the spotlight（=made people watch him instead of what they should watch）．you stole my thunder（=said before me what i intended to say）．jim has strained every nerve（=used every effort）．he swallowed the bait（=was offered a big promise and was caught）．

v．mary took it（=endured it without complaints）though she was ill－treated．you can take your ease（or your own course）（=act your pleasure）．the doctor took my pulse and temperature（＝ascertain them）．where does this custom take its rise（=originate）？take your time（=don't rush）．we must not tie our own hands（=restrain our－ selves from action）．we have to tighten our belts（=eat less and spend less than usual）．just one vote tipped the balance（or the scale）（=turned the scale，decided some－ thing doubtful）．i would try my hand（=try）．should i turn the other cheek（=be patient and not hit back） when i am injured or insulted？his success has turned his head （=made him act foolishly）．the dead body turned her stomach（=made her sick）．the reinforcements turned the tide（=change the situation favourably）．he turned his thought to something much more important．he just twiddled his thumbs（=didn't do anything）．

w．she walked the floor（=walked back and forth）all night，she was so worried．he walked the plank（=was forced to resign）．watch it（=be careful）．

人们似乎都不喜欢单独用一个不及物动词作谓语，特别是在简单句中。往往不说“ i cook．”“ he laughed．”“we chatted．”“tom repairs．”“ we acted．”而说“i do the cooking．”“he gave a laugh．”“we had a chat．”“tom makes repairs．” “we take action．”也就是把一个词换成了两个词，用一个do 或give这样色彩不重的动词加上一个大多由动词变来的名词。

下面是一些这类短语的例子：

x．i do the cleaning，the reading，the shopping，the translating，a little sewing；a nap，a try，a brisk walk．

he gave a cry，a groan，a jump，a shout，a shrug，a long sigh，a satisfied smile．

we had a bath，a dream，a fight，an interview，a quar- rel，a shave，a shower，a smoke，a swim，a talk，a taste，a try，a walk，a wash，a chat，a go，a rest，a sleep．

she took a bath，breath，a nap，a look，notice， objection， recreation，a rest，a solitary stroll，a long walk．

paul made an announcement，an answer，an application，an appointment，an attack，an attempt，a beginning，a bid，a call，a check－up，a comment，a comparison，a copy，criticism，a decision，a declaration，a demand，experiments，an explanation，a guess，inquiries，investigations，notes，payment，preparations，progress，a proposal，a recovery，a remark，a request，repairs．re- searches，a sacrifice，a selection，a slip，a formal statement，another start，a long stay，a deep study，a helpful suggestion，a general survey，several visits．

1352 图解：

5．s tv r或 s tv．r或 s tv （r）（john hid him- self behind it．）

1353 无数的及物动词可用反身代词作宾语（ s tv r）：she reproached herself．he killed himself．he praised himself．don't deceive yourself．he cut himself．the dog choked itself．

1354 有些动词和反身代词构成成语，相当于一个不及物动词（s tv．r）：

he avowed（or declared）himself（=showed his character openly）；collected himself （=regained self－control）；conceal himself（=hid）；enjoyed himself（=had a good time）；exerted himself（=endeavoured）；can't find himself（=provide his own living，or find out his abilities and use them）．i lost myself（＝demeaned myself，lost my way，or became absorbed in something）；pulled myself together（＝became composed）；seated（or settled）myself（=sat down）； washed myself（=bathed）．

1355约有20个及物动词常常或经常跟有反身代词：

i overworked myself，overslept myself，overate myself．

he disported（＝amused）himself．he perjured himself．

he busied himself．he absented himself from school．

bestir yourself．i bethought myself of it．you must demean （or bear，comport，deport，conduct，acquit，quit）yourself properly．help yourself（=serve yourself with food）．he relieved himself（=went to the bathroom）．

1356 约有50个及物动词可跟有反身代词，也可以不跟（ s tv （r））：

a．就某些动词来说，使用反身代词时语气更强一些：

the bubble bursts（itself）．the clouds dispersed（themselves）．he dressed（himself）for a party；engaged（himself）in a contest（or a quarrel）．the horse fed（itself）on grass．he guarded（himself）against vice；hid（himself） behind；never intruded（himself）on anybody's company．can i qualify（myself）for the post？i reformed（my- self）．i rested（myself）on the couch．he set（himself） up as a scholar．he shaved（himself）for a dinner； stripped（himself）for a shower－bath．i could not submit （or surrender）（ myself）to the enemy（or insult）．i trained（myself）for the race．i never troubled（myself） to help anyone．he turned（himself）to me for advice．he washed（himself）．he worried（himself）about nothing．he wrapped（himself）before going out．

b．在下面例句中，动词之后的反身代词常常省略：

no suspicion attaches to john．a chicken develops in the egg．the road extends for miles．his heart fills with sorrow．don't hurry．keep quiet．make sure that the journey is safe．we made merry．don't misbehave．i cannot refrain from laughing．we removed from place to place．john separated from mary．i withdraw from society．

c．在下面例句中，动词之后的反身代词可以保留，也可以省略，根据特定的上下文决定：

the child does not behave（himself）（=show good manners）．

he behaved well（or gallantly，properly）．

he drew himself up（=assumed an erect attitude）．

he drew up（=came near）．

he gorged himself with meat．

he gorged on meat．

he indulged himself with wine．

he indulged（himself）in wine．

we have to prepare ourselves．

we have to prepare（ourselves）for the worst（or the exam）．

d．he is recovering himself （=becoming calm）．

he is recovering from illness（or madness，fatigue，shock，fright）．

he set himself to write letters（or to writing letters）（=began to write letters）．

he set to work（=began to work）．

he set out to do it，set about doing it（=began to do it）．

he settled himslef（=became calm）．he settled himself （=sat down）in a chair．

he settled（himself）down（=became established in a new way of life）in london．

it（thing）will settle．

1357 图解：

6．s＋tv＋n（john lives a happy life．）

1358 约有60个动词，通常用作不及物动词，却可以有同源宾语（cognate object），这种宾语几乎和动词的意思相同，通常都有一个形容词或形容词短语修饰它。同源宾语可以和动词同形：

she blushed an innocent blush； bowed a little bow；coughed a terrible cough；danced a silly dance．he died a natural death（or a thousand deaths，the death of a martyr，the death he deserved）； dreamed a sweet dream；laughed a hearty laugh；lived a happy life；look a look of weariness；could not say his say．he sighed a deep sigh（or a sigh of satisfaction）；slept a sound sleep（or the sleep of the just）．it smelled a strange smell．he smiled a sad smile；talked foot－ball talk；thought all good thought．

1359 有些同源宾语可以和动词不同形：

it blew a brisk gale．he danced a phantom ballet；did a great deed；fought a brave war（or fight，battle，action）；went a long way（or a dangerous journey）；harvested a good crop；lived a hand－to－mouth existence；played a silly game；played（or acted） a great part；plod a weary way；prayed an earnest prayer；saw a strange sight；ran a long race．the bell rang a merry peal．he sang a beautiful song；struck a deadly blow．

1360 有些动词后的同源宾语常常省略，代之以一个表示情绪或态度等的名词：

he beamed satisfaction（=beamed a beam of satisfaction，showed satisfaction by beaming）； bowed his obedience（or his thanks）（=showed his obedience or thanks by bowing）；danced his joy（=danced his dance of joy，showed his joy by dancing）；gesticulated his love ；giggled agreement；laughed dissent；look inquiry（or his thanks）；nodded his assent（or welcome）；roared approval；shouted applause ；sighed disappointment；smiled his welcome（or his relief，his approval，his thanks）； whistled his contempt，wept tears of joy．

1361 有些同源宾语在最高级形容词后常常省略：

the fire blazed its brightest（blaze）．he breathed his last （breath） ；did his best（deed）；fought his bravest（war）；laughed his loudest；looked his best；ran his fastest；shouted his loudest；sang his sweetest；tried his hardest．

1362 在口语中一个没有意义的it常可用在某些动词后作同源宾语，表现一定的情绪：

he braved（or brazened）it out（＝faced trouble bravely［or shamelessly］）．we'll face it out and fight it out ．as it was getting dark，i had to hotel（or inn）it．she queened it（=domineer）over them．he used to rough it （=live an uncomfortable life）．i'll go it alone（=act independently）．he's starring it in a film．as there's no cab，i've to trudge（or walk，foot）it．

1363 图解：

7．s＋tv．ap＋n or g（john gave up his plan．）

1364 无数及物动词后面跟有一地点副词来构成成语，整个成语相当于一个及物动词。但这些地点副词（advorb of ploce）多不表示地点，而表示其他东西，因此这种副词也可称作副词性小品词（adverbial particle），可以用ap来代表：

he gave up his plan． i have to think out new methods．

she folded up his coat．we may pass over the details．

the plague swept off many people．he has taken over a business．he gave in the paper．he closed down the store．

the bell bellowed（or pealed）forth the anniversary（or the victory of our army）．

有些“动词＋地点副词”构成的成语可以用作不及物动词，如1340节中句子表示的那样，有些则用作及物动词：

an ammunition dump blew up（=exploded）．（作不及物动词）

the enemy blew up（=destroyed by explosion）the bridge．（作及物动词）

the noisy children cleared off when i came．（作不及物动词）

i have to clear off those noisy children．（作及物动词）

our conversation broke off as a lady came in．（作不及物动词）

that fellow broke off our conversation．（作及物动词）

he showed off before girls．（作不及物动词）

he showed off his new car．（作及物动词）

如果宾语较短，特别是由人称代词表示时，地点副词可以甚至必须放在宾语后面，在对副词加以强调时尤其如此（可参阅1497节）：

put the money by ．she called him back．don't break it off．he dreamed his hours away；slept the clock around；cried his heart out；laughed（or talked）them down．he ate it up；closed it up；packed it up；tied it up．he sent me away，saw her off，called me out，drew us aside．

1365 其它例子：

a．they backed up（=supported）johnson and his policy．they bailed out their friend．they beat back our attack．i must beat up（=beat severely） those mischievous children．i blew out（=extinguished）the candles．we bolstered up（=supported）this old system．i booked down （=wrote down）the sum．we booked up（=fixed an engagement with）several singers．they boss us about（=order us about）．the news bowled over（=overwhelmed）my family．we broke up（=dispersed）the meeting at 11∶00 p．m．．the mistake brought about（=caused）a lot of trouble．can you bring down the price？the tax brought in ten million dollars a year．the examples bring out（=explain clearly）the meaning of this word．she brushed off（=jilted）her lover．we must build up our own armed forces．he will buy off（=pay money to get rid of）my interest．

b．this strong measure called forth（=provoked）a revolt．we called in a doctor．we have to call off（=cancel）the picnic，which we have prepared for so many days．call （=wake） me up at 6 a．m．．i'll call you up（=telephone to you）．the music carried off（=moved）everyone．he carried off（=won）all the prizes．let's carry on（=continue）the work，we carried out（=performed）the plan．

c．he can dig up（=discover）some important information．he drew on（=pulled on） his socks after getting up．i drew up（=prepared）a bill（or a list）．the taxi dropped me off（=let me get off） at my hotel．the noise drowned out（=made inaudible）our conversation．

d．the mother fed up（=gave extra food to） her sickly son．we filled in（or out，up）the form．he fenced off（=built by means of a fence）a garden．figure out（=count）the sum．he fired off many questions，which nobody could answer．they fitted out their son with everything necessary．we fitted up（=installed）the machine．we fixed up（=arranged）a trip．he flagged down（=stopped by waving to it） a passing car．follow up（=continue）your success with something more ambitious．

e．he gambled away his last cent，even all he had won be-fore．he will get over（=finish）his job．he gave away （=gave free of charge） his property．he gave away（=betrayed）his friends．we gave in（=handed in） the exercise books．the food gave off（=emitted） a bad smell．he gulped down his coffee．heat up（=re－heat）the leftovers．he helped me out（=help me get over a difficulty）．she held back（=kept back）her tears．can we hold down （=keep down）costs？we could not hold off（=keep at a distance）the attackers．

f．the enemy kept up（=maintained） the attack for three months．i knocked off（=ate up quickly）five bowls of rice．i laid aside（or by）（=saved for future needs） some dollars．i laid down（=state clearly） some rules for the office．our company laid off（=dismissed）five workers．leave off（=stop）fighting．he left out（=didn't include）mary in the invitation．don't let down（=disappoint）your parents．the driver let off（=dropped）a lady at the hotel．the judge let him off（=did not punish him）．i will look you up（=visit you） tomorrow．the manager looked the applicant up and down（=examine him carefully）．a girl will liven up（=make lively） our party．he lived out his years（or days，life）（=lived all his life）in this small village．he will make out（=write out） a cheque．my father can't make out（=see）these small letters，for he is farsighted．

he makes up（=invents）all kinds of lies．the boss marked down（=reduced the price of）all articles．he messed up（=put in disorder）my desk．i nailed up（=closed up with nails）the window．

g．he packed off（=sent away hurriedly）all his children to the country．partition off（=divide with partition） your living room．pass on（=hand）this notice to other people．we passed over（or up）（=overlooked） the chance．i've paid off（=paid the wages of） the workers．i have to pay off（=pay for safety）the blackmailers．i will pick out （=select）the best necktie for you．he picked up（=found）a cab at the cross-roads．he picked himself up（=got up after a fall）．he picked up（=learned without teachers）english so quickly．i pinned him down（=got him to commit himself）as to the question of socialism．

h．i played back the recording，so that what has been recorded about her speech could be heard．he played down（=made less emphatic）the defects of his factory products．plug in（=make connection，by means of a plug，with） the radio．he can polish off（=finish off）all these grapes．he pulled on（=put on） his pants and then went out．i pulled up（=stopped）my car at the post office．his brother pushes him about（or around）（=orders him about）．i put aside（or by）（=saved） a few thousand pounds．after five hours of work，i put away（=re－placed）the tools．put forward your viewpoint．i put in （=spent）five hours repairing this radio－set．he put in （=submitted）an application months ago．we have to put off（=postpone）the trip until next month．instead of losing weight i put on some weight lately．we put on（=presented）a show．

i．i'll ring you up（=telephone to you）．they roared out a 21－gun salute．roll up the sleeping bag before we leave．we roped off（=enclosed with a rope） a space for dancing．round up（ or down）the price（=bring it to a whole number by raising ［or lowering］it）．

j．we save up some money for future needs．i will see（=ac－company）you back（or home）．she sent away（=dismissed）all her suitors．send in（=submit）your photos for the contest．he sent out invitations to his wedding．his departure was set back two weeks．this discontent set off（=caused）a revolt．we set out（=arranged）the goods for sale．we set up（=establish）a small store on the third floor．can he shake off（=get rid of） his bad habit？she showed off（=displayed to impress people）her hands．he shut himself away（=confined himself）in his attic．

k．he signed away（=sold by signing legal papers） all his houses．he signed his house over to me．let's size up（=make a judgement of） the situation．this small accident sparked off（=touched off） his temper．he sorted out （=arranged in classes）all the books he had collected．switch off（=turn off） the tape recorder．sum up（=state briefly）your opinion．

l．take down（=write down）my speech，please．i will take over the business he decides to give up．i took up（=got interested in） painting last year．this bed takes up（=occupy） too much space．you can take up（=mention and discuss） the matter with the boss．i can talk round（=persuade）anybody who refuses to cooperate．i have to tear down（=take to pieces）the broken machine．he will tear up（=tear to pieces）the contract when it is no more useful to him．he told off（=reproached）his employees．he can think up（=devise）all kinds of lies．he threw on（=put on）his gown．

1366 在上面所有例句中，及物的动词成语都用名词或代词作宾语，但有些也可用动名词作宾语：

he kept on asking me． he put off going to the doctor．

he left off studying french．he gave over（or gave up）smoking．

1367 注意不要把地点副词错误地看作是介词，把及物动词看作不及物动词，换言之，不要把这第七类谓语类型和下面第八类谓语类型混淆。

1368 图解：

这个符号表示，上方所有的词（动名词短语）应看作是一个词类（名词），尽管它们内部各有特定的作用。asking作为动词，以 me作宾语，而 me和 kept on没有直接关系。

8．s＋iv．p＋n or g或s＋iv．p．n（john laughed at me．）

1369 无数的不及物动词可跟特定的介词构成成语，整个成语起及物动词的作用，可以用名词、代词或动名词作宾语：

a．you must abide by（=keep） your promises．the river abounds with（=has many）fish．i agreed to his view．we aim at success in the examination．this answer amounts to refusal．i must apologize for my fault．i ask for（=demand）nothing luxurious．he depended upon me for advice．he dreamed of his grandfather．he got into politics．don't gamble on it．he imposed on（=deceived）her．he laughed at（=derided）me．she looks after her child．he looked into（=examined）the matter．he sent for（=summoned）them．i thought of（=considered）this matter．don't trifle with（=mock）her．

b．he abstained from drinking．his reply amounts to refusing her demand．we began with learning a b c．happiness consists in being easily pleased．my success depends on my friend helping me．he died from drinking too much．i felt like beating him．he got to drinking．he goes about（=is busy）repairing a car．he heard of his brother having succeeded．we look to moving to a more peaceful country．he objected to being treated like a dog，a slave．he took to reading novels．the paper tells of the enemy having captured th city（=the paper says that the enemy has captured the city）．he thought of going abroad．he wondered at being praised for doing nothing．

1370 无数不及物动词不仅和介词，还可和名词构成成语。这种成语可以看作是不及物动词，因为它们后面既不跟宾语，也不跟补语。

a．这种成语中有些名词前不加冠词：

they burst into laughter（=suddenly laughed）． a steamer came into sight（=appeared）．when did this world come into existence（=come out）？ the new law comes into force （=functions）next september．my son came of age last year．he came to grief（=suffered misfortune）．your letter has come to hand（=arrived）．he cried over spilt milk．everything ended in smoke．he fell into poverty．the law has fallen into abeyance（=been no longer observed）．many slang words have fallen out of use （＝been no longer used）．they got into trouble．we got into hot water（=became involved in difficulty）because of jealousy．i went on sick leave．he has gone through fire and water（=undergone the greatest perils）they go to law（=appeal to court）．the school went to great expense （=spent very much）．i will go to sea（=be a sailor）．he will go to rack and ruin（=perish）．robbers lay in wait for us．we live from hand to mouth（=can save nothing）．the ship put to sea（=began a voyage） this morning．don't stand on ceremony（=be formal）．

b．有些名词为复数形式：

she burst into tears（=suddenly cried）．the building burst into flames（=suddenly burned）．he fished in troubled waters（=looked for personal advantage in times of national calamity）．the fence fell into pieces．they fought against odds（=fought with men much more than they）．we should keep within bounds（=act with propriety）．they played at cross purposes（=opposed each other）．they played into the hands of another（=acted so as to give some advantage to another）．don't play with edged tools（=play with things dangerous）．we took to the boats（=used the lifeboats to escape）．

c．有些名词前加“a”：

we came to a conclusion．his plan came to a bad end（or no good）（= failed）．business has come to a standstill（=stopped）．the two came to an understanding（=began to understand each other）．we will go for a drive（=go in a car for relaxation）．your argument goes（or flies）off at a tangent（=changed suddenly in its direction）．his life hung by a thread（=depended dangerously on something small）．provide against a rainy day（=prepare for any emergency that may arise）．

d．有些名词加“the”：

these two plans come to the same thing（give the same result）．he erred on the safe side（=chose a course erroneous but safe）．his works have fallen into the shade（=ceased to attract attention）．they fought to the bitter end （or to the death）．he goes by the name of joo （=is familiarly called joo）．he will go to the bad（=sink into poverty and disgrace）．the situation is going to the bad（=is becoming worse）．the weak will go to the wall（=be pushed aside as helpless）．he need not go to the trouble of employing a tutor（=trouble himself to employ one）．don't harp on the same string（=keep saying the same thing）．keep in the shade．he rose to the occasion（=showed that he was equal to it）．

e．有些名词前需加物主代词：

come to your senses（=stop behaving like a madman）．he fell on his knees（=knelt down）．poverty fell to his lot （=became his destiny）．he is going about his work（=doing it）．she lies at your mercy（=is subject to your control）．the old widow lives on her own（=lives without help from others）．do not quarrel with your bread and butter（=do anything harmful to your livelihood）．it rises from its ashes like a phoenix（=live again）．he rose to his feet（=stood up）．the chance slipped through my fingers （＝escaped）．my work will speak for itself（=be visible to all）．he stood on his dignity（=insisted on being treat-ed with proper respect）．he stood to his guns（=defended his rights）．you tread on his toes（=offend him）．he worked on my fears（=caused me to do something for him，by taking advantage of my fears）．

1371 不要错误地以为下面句子的谓语和上面句中的谓语属于同一类型：

he came on sunday．（s＋iv）

the children are playing by the tree．

1372 图解：

9．s＋iv．ap．p＋n or g（john looked down on me．）

1373 无数不及物动词可与地点副词和介词构成成语。整个成语可以看作一个及物动词，因为它们可用名词、代词或动名词作宾语：

a．the loss added up to（=amounted to） a million dollars．he bows down to（=flatters）nobody．he broke away from（=cut his ties with）all his friends．carry on with （=continue）your work． lee cashed in on（=made a profit from）tea．we don't really catch on to（=under－stand） this custom．i can't catch up with（=overtake）the class this year．i checked out of the hotel two days after i checked in（=signed the register on arriving）．the police checked up on（=investigated）the suspect．he came around to（=agreed，after disagreeing，to） my views．the teacher came down on（=reprimand） him．i came down with（=caught）a flu．i came near to death（=almost died）．no result came out of the test．he came out with a question．last year no plays came up to（= equalled ） the standard．my friend came up with a good idea．we all cried out against（=opposed）favoritism．most important，you must cut down on（=reduce consumption of）sugar．he cut in with（=insert）a terribly saucy remark while we were discussing．

b．this custom dates（=or goes）back to the early eighteenth century．we should do away with（=get rid of） all social evils．everyone does well with him（=treats him well）．he dropped in on（=made an unplanned visit to） my family．he dropped off to sleep（=fell asleep）．he dropped out of（=quit）high school．he ended up as（=finally be－came）a manager．he ended up with not a cent in his pocket．i have to face up to（=bravely accept） the situation．we have to fall back upon（=depend upon） his sup－port．he fell out with（= quarrelled with）all his friends．i feel up to（=feel capable of undertaking）this job．he will find out about（=get facts about） this matter．he didn't fit in with（=live in harmony with）those foreigners．how can i get away from（=avoid）her nagging？how are you getting on（or along）with（=living together with）your bride？i cannot get out of（=avoid）this trouble．have you got through with（=finish）that job？don't give in to（=yield to）your impulse．he goes along with（=agrees with）our party．he goes（ or plays）around with（=fools around with）all kinds of girls．he went in for（=got interested in）stamp collecting．he will go on to college．this store will soon go out of business（=end a business）．this sweater has gone out of fashion（=is no more fashionable）．he often goes out with that pretty japanese girl．she held on to（=kept grasping） his arm．

c．she keeps away from（=avoids）him．we should keep in with（=keep friendly with）our neighbors．i can not keep up with（=overtake）my classmates．this small event led up to（=prepared the way for）his death．live up to（=act according to）your promise．i often look back on（=recollect）the old days．he looked back over（=reviewed）his record．don't look down on（=despise）small people．we are looking forward to（=anticipating with pleasure）your visit．look out for（=watch out for）the car．he cannot make up for（=compensate）the loss i have suffered．he made off with（=stole and hurried away with）all my money．does his school work measure up to（=come up to） his hopes？last year i met up with（=met by chance）jane，who i hadn't seen for ten years．the child messed about with（=made a mess of）my desk．

d．he played up to（=tried to please）her．i had to put up with（=bear）these terrible noises every day．i must settle up with（=get even with）the man who has insulted me．many signed up for（=joined in） the contest．the guests sat down to dinner at eight．i can't sit down with（=suffer without complaint）that insult．we should speak up for （=speak in a loud voice for）justice．this policeman stood in with（=was in secret league with）those gangsters．why don't we stand out against（=oppose）this evil practice？ we should stand up for（=support）this good policy．i always think back to（=recall）my childhood．think twice about it before you act．tune in to another radio station．we should wake up to（=realize）the seriousness of our situation．they wait up for me（=they stay awake until i come home）．he walked away with（=easily won） the election．he walked off with（=took away）my umbrella．we walked out of the meeting as an expression of protest．i want out of（=want to be freed from） her nagging．i warmed up to（=became friendly with） my neighbors．we should wise up to（am．）（=finally under－stand）what is going on．i can't work together with him．

e．he got out of（=avoided）smoking．we moved on to getting married．we stood up for prohibiting narcotics． i never turn aside from（=avoid）doing anything good．he went near to（=narrowly escaped） being killed．

1374

10．s＋tv．n．p＋n or g（john found fault with me．）

1375 无数及物动词和特定的名词和介词构成成语。整个成语可以看作及物动词，因为它们可用名词、代词或动名词作宾语：

a．they caught hold of（=seized） the thief； caught sight of （=spied） a strange star；declared war on（or against）a foreign country； found fault with（=censured）me；gained possession of（=got）a large estate；got notice from the police； gave warning to（=warned）us；had （an）interest in（=liked）music；left word with the office boy；lost sight of（=forgot）their purpose；lost touch with（=could not communicate with）all their friends；made war on（=fought）a foreign country；put confidence in（=trusted）me；put（or lost）faith in everyone；took care of their children；took （a） pride in their work．

b．they asked a favour of you； did a good turn to（=did a service to）me；did an injury to their brother；drew（or formed ） a conclusion from（=inferred from）this fact；entertained a fear for（=worried about） this adventure；extended an invitation to（=invited） all their friends；formed an estimate of（=estimated） his abilities；gave an account of（=related）the accident； gave an order to（=ordered）us； gave a trial to the candidate：had a lesson in （=learned）english．

c．they asked the favour of an early supply；cleared the way for the queen；got（or had）the start of（=gained an adventage over） their rivals；got the better（or the best）of （=overcame）their competitors；lost the use of their legs；took the consequences of（=submitted to the results of）their folly；took the place of（=replaced）other members．

d．he cleared his mind of prejudice；directed our attention to the vice；did his duty to（or by） his country；found his way to my village；gave his love to his parents；paid his addresses to（=courted）her；raised his voice against（=opposed）the manager；set his mind on（=attended to） his business； shook his head at the news；thrust（or poked ，pushed）his nose into（=meddled officiously in） every－thing；took his eyes off her；took h

篇11：关于think用法的几点注意事项 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

关于think用法的几点注意事项

1. 作谓语动词时，否定前移现象.类似的词有：suppose, believe, expect, imagine

i don’t think he will come.

i don’t imagine they will come if it rains.

i don’t think i know you.

2． 反意疑问部分主谓的选择. 当复合句的主语是第一人称，而谓语动词是think，believe, suppose,imagine, expect等表示认为，猜想，相信的词的一般现在时时， 反意疑问句的主谓与从句一致。

i think that it is a good thing, isn’t it?

i don’t suppose he cares, does he?

compare：you never told us why his brother was thrown into prison, did you?

he says that it is true, doesn’t he?

this is the first time you have operated a computer, isn’t it?

3．双重疑问句. 对它的宾语从句中的某一部分提问时，语序应是疑问词 宾语从句其余部分。

和它这种用法相同的词还有say, suppose, imagine, etc.

what do you think the ocean bottom is made up of?

which way do you imagine he went?

what do you imagine has happened to him?

who do you think is fit for the job?

whom do you think he lives with?

4 简单答语. so 作代词时，可以作宾语，用在动词think, hope, expect, suppose, imagine, believe 等的后面。

do you believe he will come?

---yes, i believe so./ no, i believe not./ i don’t believe so.

but: will it rain tomorrow?

----i hope so./ i hope not

5. 过去完成时表“曾认为，本认为”。类似的词还

有hope, plan, want, expect, suppose, mean，intend，wish.

we had hoped(=hoped to have caught) to catch the early bus, but found it had left.

i hadn’t expected that i should get the first prize.

she had thought of paying us a visit, but the weather made her change her plan.

1. i think they’ve finished their work,_____?

`. do i b. don’t i c. have they d. haven’t they

2. i don’t believe she knows it,______?

a. do i b. don’t i c. doesn’t she d. does she

3. why do you think ____ cut down the big tree?

a. we can’t b. can’t we c. that we can’t d. that can’t we

4. what do you think ____ we should do to improve our english?

a. that b. x c. which d. how

5. do you think _____ jim and della loved each other? a. that b. when c. why d. how

6. ______ is the richest man in the town?

a. whom do you think b. who do you think

c. do you think who d. do you think whom

7. she thought tom had done it, ____?

a. didn’t she b. did she

c. hadn’t she d. had he

8. ---will it rain tomorrow? --- ________.

a. i don’t think it b. i don’t hope so c. i hope d. i don’t think so

9. what do you think ____ an apple ____ to the ground

a. cause; to fall b. to cause; falling c. causes; to fall

10. where do you think ____ he ____ the computer?

a. x; bought b. has; bought c. did; buy d. had; bought

11. which record of his do they say_____ best in this shop?

a. sells b. is sold c. sell d. are sold

12．----he promised to come on time.

----what do you imagine _____ to him then?

a. has happened b. was happening c. happening d. was happened.

13．---what do you think ____ him so upset?

---i have no idea because i wasn’t at home then.

a. making b. made c. to make d. to have made

14. it was such a serious mistake, _____ caused by carelessness.

a. which i think was b. which i think it was c. i think which was d. i think which it was

关于否定转移的补充

1． 若否定不转移，则否定意义较强，因此语义不委婉。

2． 当 think以过去时，过去进行时或过去完成时，现在完成时或现在进行时出现时，不用转移。

i thought that you hadn’t finished the job.

i was thinking that you wouldn’t come to my help.

i had thought he wouldn’t come to my help.

i’ve supposed that i won’t trouble you again.

i’ve been thinking that the sky won’t fall down. 我一直相信天不会塌下来。

3． 当 think前有副词修饰语时，不转移。

i often/always think that you are not fit for that job.

i really think you needn’t worry about his safety。

4． 当 think前有助动词do 表强调时，不转移。

i do think that you shouldn’t do that.

i do think it is wise of him to do so。

5. 当think用在疑问句中时。

why do you think i can’t change your note.

do you think my mother wouldn’t permit this?

6. 当think与情态动词连用时。

he must think i am not for the job。

7．当宾语从句有no， never， hardly， 等否定副词时。

i believe john never tells a lie.

责任编辑：李芳芳

篇12：定语从句的用法 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

定语从句的用法

(一) 定语从句的作用

作用 在句子中作定语,修饰句子中的某一名词或代词,从句须放在先行词之后。

关联词 关联词用于引导一个定语从句,代替先行词在从句中充当一定的成分。

(二) 关系代词的作用

作用 例 句

1.作主语 1. the student who is talking with the monitor is lucy.（指人作主语）

2. a dictionary is a book which gives the meaning of words.（指物作主语）

2.作表语 3.she is no longer the girl that she used to be.（指人作表语）

3.作宾语 4the student whom (who)you want to see has come already.（指人作宾语）

5.the letter which i received yesterday was from a friend of mine.（指物作宾语）

4.作定语 6.the girl whose mother is a teacher studies very hard.（指人作定语）

(三) 须用that引导的定语从句

情 况 例 句

nothing,everything,anything,much, all,little等不定代词作先行词时，常用that引导从句.something两者均可。 is there anything that i can do for you?

2.指物的先行词前被序数词修饰时。 the first thing that we should do is to help him.

3.指物的先行词前被形容词最高级修饰时。 this is the best foreign film that i have ever seen.

4.指物的先行词前被the very, the only, the same修饰时。 that’s the very tool that we are looking for.

5.先行词既指人又指物时。 they talked about the things and friends that they could remember.

6.主句是由who/which引导的特殊疑问句时。 who is the man that is standing over there?

which is the tool that you are looking for?

(四).不可由that引导的定语从句

1.在非限制性定语从句中。 mr smith ,who lives in chicago, is a doctor .

2.关系代词在从句中作前置介词的宾语时。 this is the room in which mr liu once lived .

3.由that作先行词时。 the bread which is made by my mother is better than that which is sold in food shops.

4.someone.somebody,nobody,anyone,anybody,everyone,everybody等指物的不定代词作先行词时。 anyone who breaks the law will be punished.

（五）.非限制性定语从句的特点：1.不能用that引导定语从句。2.关系代词不能省略。

（六）关系副词的用法：关系副词代替先行词在定语从句中与相应的介词一起充当状语。

1． when指代表示时间的先行词在定语从句中与相应的介词一起充当时间状语。例如：

october 1，1949 was the day when（=on which） the people’s republic of china was founded.

2． where指代先行词在定语从句中与相应的介词一起充当地点状语。例如：

we will visit the house where(=in which)lu xun was born.

3. why代替先行词在定语从句中与相应的介词一起充当原因状语.例如:

who can tell me the reason why(=for which) tom was absent today?

配套定语从句专练：

1.the man_____talked to you just now is an engineer of the computer company.

a.who b.which c.where d.when

2.i still remember the days_____we studied together in the school.

a.that b.which c.where d.when

3.after living in paris for fifty years he returned to the small village____he grew up.

a.which b.where c.that d.when

4.can you tell me the name of the factory____you visited last week?

a.what b.where c./ d.when

5.is this the house _____shakespare was born?

a.at which b.which c. at where d. in which

6.in the dark street,there wasn’t a single person____she could turn for help.

a. that b. who c. from whom d. to whom

7.all_____is needed is a supply of oil.

a .the thing b. that c. what d. which

8.corn was not the only food_____was taken to europe.

a. which b. who c. / d. that

9.look at the man and his horse____are walking up the street.

a. which b. who c. what d. that

10.she is no longer the student ____she used to be.

a. who b. whom c. which d. that

11.i don’t like_____you speak to her.

a. the way b. the way in that c. the way which d. the way of which

12.he paid the boy 10 yuan for washing ten windows,most of____hadn’t been cleaned

a .there b. those c. that d. which

13.mr green has two daughters,both of____are doctors.

a. them b. whom c. who d. that

14.whose is this book the cover_____is blue?

a. whose b. its c. which d. of which

15.i like to live in the house _____windows face south

a. which b. of which c. whose d. where

16.his parents would’t let him marry anyone____family was poor.

a/ of whom b. whom c. of whose d. whose

17.in sydeny, the chinese team got 28gold medal,______were won by women.

a.18 of which b.18 of that c.which of 18 d.18 in which

18.abraham lincoln, ____ was born in kenturkey ,studied law in his spare time and later became president of the usa.

a.what b.who c.whom d.which

19.those _______ have any questions please put up your hands.

a.which b.that c.whom d.who

20．anyone______ breaks the law will be punished.

a. whoever b.whom c. who d.no matter who

keys:1-5:adbcd 6-10:dbddd 11-15:adbdc 16-20:dabdc

责任编辑：李芳芳

篇13：高中英语中名词的用法 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

高中英语中名词的用法

一、名词的分类：名词分为专有名词和普通名词

专有名词-----个人，地方,机构等专有名称. china, shanghai, li lei,

普通名词----又分为个体名词: 某类人或东西中的个体.如 fighter, gun, country,

集体名词:若干个体组成的集合体.如 family, team, police, class,

物质名词：无法分为个体的实物。如 cotton，tea, air,

抽象名词: 动作, 状态, 品质, 感情等抽象概念. 如 health, happiness.

个体名词和集体名词又叫做可数名词.

物质名词和抽象名词又叫做不可数名词.

二、名词的数。可数名词都有单数和复数之分。

a: 规则的可数名词的复数变化规则：

1.一般情况加 s ， books mouths houses girls

2.以 s sh ch x结尾的加 es classes boxes matches （stomachs）

3.辅音字母 y结尾的变 y为 ies cities countries parties factories.

4.以 o 结尾的词多数 es heroes negroes tomatoes potatoes zeroes/zeros

以 o 结尾并且词尾有两个元音字母 s radios, zoos, bamboos ,(pianos ,kilos photos)

5.以f， fe 结尾的多数 es leaves lives wives knives halves wolves

the thief’s wife killed three wolves with some leaves and knives in half of her life.

但是：也有一些 s, roofs proofs, gulfs, beliefs, handkerchiefs//handkerchieves

b: 名词词尾的读音规则：

a． 在[ p] [t] [k] [f]等清辅音后读[s] cups， hats， cakes， roofs

b. 在[s] [z] [∫] [t∫]等音后读[iz] glasses, faces, roses.

c.在其他情况下读作[z] beds days cities knives.

d.以th结尾的词原来读[ ] 加词尾后多数读[ ]

如： mouth-mouths path-paths ;

但是也有不变化的，如： month-months, ninth-ninths, youth-youths.

c: 不规则的可数名词的变化规则：

1.man-men, woman-women, tooth-teeth, foot-feet, child-children, mouse-mice,

2.单复数相同: sheep, fish, deer, means, chinese, japanese, works,

fish如表示不同种类的鱼时复数是fishes;

there are many kinds of fishes in that lake.

3.以man, woman 修饰名词构成合成词时,两个词都变化.

man servant-men servants. (boy/girl students)

woman doctor-women doctors.

4.复合名词的复数形式:

son-in-law---sons-in-law , looker-on-lookers-on, 主体名词变化

film-goer-film-goers, grown-up-grown-ups 没有主体名词,在词尾加复数

5.字母,阿拉伯数字的复数形式一般加 “ ’s ”或 “ s”.

there are two l’s in the word “ all ”.

your 7’s and 9’s look alike.

it happened in the 1960’s /1960s.

i will not accept your if’s and but’s.

6: 物质名词一般没有复数，有时用复数形式表示不同种类，

wheats, fruits, vegetables,

有时表示比原文更广的词义，

wood-woods, water-waters, sand-sands, manner-manners,

7: 抽象名词一般不可数；但是如果表示某一具体的情况，或各种各样的也有可数名词的用法。

he jumped with joy.------ my children are a great joy to me.

8.定冠词加姓氏的复数表示一家人。 the turners, the smiths, the wangs.

9: 集体名词people, police, cattle 总是作复数，

( people 作民族，种族时有单复数两种形式)

many cattle are kept.

several police were on duty.

the chinese are a brave and hard-working people.

the english are a funny people.

10:集体名词class, public, family, population, team, crew, committee 等单复数都有，但意义不同。

the class is big.---- the class are taking notes in english.

the population in china is larger.---- 80% of the population in china are peasants.

11: hair， fruit 通常作单数，表示总体。

his hair is grey. a rich harvest of fruit

如果表示若干根头发，表示种类的水果时，可以加复数词尾。

he had a few white hairs. what fruits are on sale in this season ?

12:以s 结尾的学科名词只作单数。mathematics , physics, politics, 等。（news）

13：glasses， trousers， scissors， shoes， spectacles，等常用复数；但如果这些词前用 a pair of …// this pair of…//that pair of…等修饰时谓语动词有pair 来决定。

where are my glasses ？

my new pair of trousers is too long.

here are some new pairs of shoes.

14: 不可数名词没有复数形式，如果表示“一个”的概念，可用单位词。

a piece of news/information/advice/bread/cake/paper/meat/coal…

a bottle of ink, a grain of rice , a cake of soap…

说明：可数名词和不可数名词之间并没有截然的界限；可数名词可以转变为不可数名词 ，同样不可数名词也可以转变为可数名词，要看清整个上下文的具体内容。

三. 名词的所有格。

1． 有生命的名词所有格的构成：

a. 一般家词尾’s. the teacher’s office, xiao li’s sister’s husband’s mother.

b. 以 s 结尾的复数名词只加 ’ workers’ rest homes.

the masses’ request

c.不以s结尾的复数名词加’s. children’s toys.

d:复合名词只在最后一个词的后面加 ’s. my sister-in-law’s brother.

e:表示共同所有的几个名词，只在最后一个词的后面加’s.

this is tom, james and dick’s room.

f:表示各个所有关系的几个名词，在每个名词后分别加’s.

jenny’s, jean’s and mary’s rooms face to the south.

g:名词短语只在最后一个词后加 ’s. a quarter of an hour’s talk.

2. 名词所有格的用法：

1. 名词所有格主要用于表示有生命的名词，表示所属关系。

lei feng’s dairy. the working people’s palace of culture.

2.也可用于表示时间的名词。

today’s paper. an hour’s drive. friday’s work.

3. 也可用于表示地理、国家、城市等名词。

the country’s plan. the farm’s fruit. china’s population.

4.也可用于表示由人组成的集体名词。

our party’s stand

5. 也可用于表示度量、价值的名词。

two dollars’ worth of books. a pound’s weight.

(现代英语中，这种用法越来越多。)

3.凡不能用’s 属格的情况可用 of 属格表示所属关系。

the city of new york. a map of china.

特别是下列情况要用of 属格：

⑴当名词有较长的定语时，

the name of the girl standing at the gate.

have you read the articles of the students who were with us yesterday.

⑵所修饰的名词前有数量词时，

a play of comrade li’s. some friends of my brother’s .

⑶所修饰的名词前有一个指示代词时，

that performance of the teachers’ .

4.双重所有格：

当of前面的名词有不定冠词、指示代词、疑问代词、不定代词或数词如 a, an, this, that, these, those, two, three, four, any, some, several, no, few ,another等修饰时，用双重所有格，双重所有格只用于表示人的名词并且都是特指的。

a poem of lu xun’s . a friend of his/hers .

which novel of dicken’s are you reading ?

some friends of my brothers’ .

5.几种特殊情况：

the key to the door. keys to the exercises.

notes to the text answers to the question

tickets for the film//movie

a check for $1500. anyone else’s book.

the monument to the people’s heroes.

the entrance to the station//cinema

在现代英语中of属格大都可用 ’s 所有格代替。

* * * * * * * *

choose the best answers:

1.it was a great _____for him to be pleasant to people he didn't like.

a.trouble. b.effort. c.sorrow. d.plan.

2.although bought several years ago,the car is still in good _________.

a.situation. b.condition. c.standard d.position.

3.when you play football,what _____do you play?

a. situation. b. part c.position. d.place.

4.she is in a poor _____of health.

a.position b.situation. c.state d.condition.

5.enough of it! nobody here thinks what you are saying should make any _____.

a.value b.sense c. fun d.use.

6.hundreds of people leave their village to seek their ________.

a. luck. b. chance c. future. d. fortune.

7.he spoke in such a ____as to cause them displeasure.

a.direction b.language. c.noise. d. manner.

8.the news that his sick fellow students was getting well and strong brought great ____________ to him.

a. comfort. b.courage. c.message d. friendship.

9.------how much did the coat cost ?

------just five dollars. it's a real _______.

a.bargain b.suit. c.dress. d.goods.

10.-----have you any _____ what this word means ?

-----sorry, i don't know.

a.knowledge. b.opinion. c. expression. d. idea.

11.----lin lin is very bright and studies very well.

----it's no _____he always gets the first place in any examination.

a.question. b.doubt. c. problem. d. wonder.

12.we have worked out the plan and now we must put it into _______.

a.fact. b.really. c.practice. d.deed.

13.these football players had no strict ______until they joined our club.

a.practice. b.education. c. exercise d.training.

14.if by any chance someone comes to see me, ask them to leave a ______.

a. message. b. letter. c. sentence d.notice.

15.as a _____ of fact, his success is due to his father.

a.thing. b.matter. c.reason d. result.

16.the ____of pulling down the old houses is to make room for a new highway.

a.purpose. b. meaning c.fact. d. use.

17.his name was on the _____of my tongue,but i just couldn't remember it.

a.end b.edge. c.tip. d. side.

18.it's the ____in this country to go out and pick flowers on the first day of spring. a.use. b.custom. c.habit. d. saying.

19. my car is being repaired, so i had no ________.

a.problem. b.way. c.transport. d.use.

20.-----what's your ________? -----i'm from france.

a.nation. b.nationality. c.counrty d.state.

21.on hearing the sound, the bird flew away in every ________.

a.way. b. path. c. place d. direction.

22.she let herself get into a _____before the examination began.

a.condition. b.situation. c.state. d.form.

23.----can you guess how the ______,cat's paw, came into use ?

---- no, i can't guess it right.

a.sense. b.message. c.term. d. passage.

24.at last, we got to the top of the mountain, out of ________.

a.order. b. reach c. sign. d.breath.

25.pop music is popular with many people, but it is not to everyone's ______.

a.manners. b. taste. c.share. d. smell.

26.---does he have much _____in teaching english ?

----no,i didn't think so.he has taught it for just two years.

a.difficulty. b.base. c.faith. d. experience.

27.----who told you about dad's illness?

----the doctor in ________.

a.connection. b.turn. c. public. d. charge.

28.in order to make his story interesting, he took charlie's case as an ______.

a. advice b. lesson. c. example. d. information.

29.it took him a lot of _____to swim across the river.

a.strength. b.force. c. power. d.breath.

30.i'd like to try that coat on, but i don't know if it is my _______.

a.shape. b.size. c. model. d. pattern.

31.we have missed the last bus, i'm afraid we have no _____ but to take a taix.

a.way. b.choice. c. possibility. d. selection.

32.the lift is out of _____, so we'll have to walk.

a.order.b.work. c.control. d.touch.

33.unfortunately,he got hurt in the boating ______.

a.match. b. contest c. running. d. race.

34.you'll find this map of great _____in helping you to get round london.

a.price b. cost c. value d. usefulness.

35.jane has a very good _______of foreign coins.

a.habit b.interest c.connection d.collection.

36.give my _______ to your parents.

a.best wish b.regards c.loves d. hello

37.food and ______are very important to us all.

a.clothes b.cloth c.clothing d.dress.

38.his firm supplied ________.

a.a kitchen equipment b.kitchen's equipment

c.kitchen equipments d.kitchen equipment

39.he is ____as manager but he doesn't become proud of his _____.

a.successful;success. b. success;success.

c.a success;success. d.success; successes.

40.he gained his ____by printing _____of famous writers.

a.wealth;work, b.wealths;works c.wealths;work d.wealth;works.

41.the storms did a lot of ______and caused some _______.

a.damage;death. b.damages;deaths. c.damage;deaths.d.damages;death.

42.the woman has ______that she is unable to get a job.

a.such a little education. b.so little education.

c.so few education. d.such little education.

43.if there were no examination,we should have _____at school.

a. the happiest time. b.a more happier time.

c.much happier time. d.a much happier time.

44.a lot of special _____have been used in this film.

a.technique b.techniques.c.technical d.technology.

45.the _____were covered with fallen ______.

a.roofs;leafs. b.roofs;leaves. c.rooves;leaves.d.rooves;leafs.

46.would you mind giving him _______?

a.an advice b.an information c.a news d. a message

47.he has twenty ______on his farm.

a.cow. b.cattle. c.sheeps d. deers.

48._____ it is to have a cold drink on a hot day.

a.what a fun b.how fun c.what fun d.how a fun.

49.there are four ____at ______, waiting for his coming back.

a.john's;doctor's b.johns;the doctors.

c.john's;doctor's. d. johns; the doctor's

50.he dropped the ______and broke it.

a.cup of coffee. b.coffee's cup c.cup for coffee d.coffee cup.

51.we saw a lot of ____ in the field.

a.cow and sheep b.cows and sheeps.

c.cow and sheeps. d.cows and sheep

52.my _____all _____hard for the people.

a.family;work. b.family;works c.families;work d.families;works

53.after walking for two hours,we stopped to take ____rest.

a.a few minute's b.a few minutes'

c.ten minute's d. ten minutes

54.is mr douglas a friend of ________?

a.your b.jack c.your father's d. you

55.she broke a ______while she was washing up.

a.glass wine b.wine glass c.glass of wine d.wine's glass

56.he grabbed me ____and pulled me onto the bus.

a.on my arm b.on the arm c. by the arm d. by an arm

57.dr. jones ordered _____for the laboratory.

a.two equipments b.two pieces of equipments

c.two pieces of equipment d.two equipment pieces

58.miss smith is a friend of _________.

a. mary's mother's b.mary's mother.

c.mother's of mary. d. mary mother's.

59._____rooms are both large and comfortable.

a.jack's and jane's b.jack and jane's

c.jack's and jane d.jack and jane.

60.grandpa li has two _______.

a.sons-in-laws b.sons-in-law c.son-in-law d.son-in-laws

61.julie went to the ______ to buy a pair of shoes.

a.shoes store b.shoe's store c.shoe store d.shoe's stores.

62.the _____park will be closed next week.

a.children's b.childrens' c.children d. child

63.there are many _______ in this hospital.

a.woman doctors b.women doctors

c.women doctor d.doctor woman

64.the boys are _____, but the girls are __________.

a.japaneses;german b. japanese; german

c.japaneses; germen d. japanese; germen

65.did you have this dress made at the ______around the corner ?

a.tailor's b.tailors c.tailors' d. tailor

66.one must always put ________ of the people before his own.

a.interesting b.interests c.the interests d. interest

67.let me give you ________.

a.some advice. b.advices c. an advice d.the advice.

68.“have you traveled much ? ” no, i have done _____traveling.“

a. few b. little c. small d. less

69.before we moved into the new house, we bought _______.

a.furnitures b.furniture c.pieces of furniture d.furniture pieces

70.which do you prefer, _______ or ________?

a.potatos,tomatos b.potatos,tomatoes

c.potatoes,tyomatos d.potatoes.tomatoes

71.the _______of the cottage were covered with ___________.

a.roofs,leafs b.roofs,leaves. c.rooves,leafs d.rooves,leaves

72.this post card is sent by ___________.

a. a friend of my father. b.a friend of my father's

c.my father friend d.my father friend's

73.is this the only ______ to achieve success ?

a.mean b.meanings c.meaning d.means.

74. i saw ____running about at the foot of the mountain.

a.a cattle. b.two cattles c.much cattle d.a head of cattle

75._______is standing at the corner of the street.

a. a police b.the police c. police d. a policeman

76.i told about some of the terrible ______i had had in the war.

a.experience b.experiences c.experiencing d.experienced things.

77.what lovely ____ you have!

a. a hair b.hair c. hairs d. of hair

78.look at ______that dog left on the chair.

a.hair b.hairs c.a hair d. the hairs

79.________was too much for the child to carry.

a.the steel's weight b. the weight of a steel.

c.the weight of the steel. d. steel's weight.

80.mr william has a ________son.

a.fourteen-years-old b.fourteen years

c.fourteen-years d.fourteeen-year-old

81.darwin didn't mean to attack people's religious __________.

a.belief b.beliefs c.believes d. believe

82.the doctor asked charlie to take a deep _________.

a.breathe b. breath c. breathing d. breathless

83. the tree is as tall as a _________ building.

a. ten-storey's b.ten-storeys c.ten-storey d.ten-storyed

84.i'd like to see your ________.

a. ten speed bicycles b.ten speeds bicycles

c.ten-speed-bicycle d. ten-speed bicycles

85.i hope mr brown will come in __________time.

a.two weeks b.two weeks' c. two-week' d.two weeks

86._______uncle is an engineer.

a.tom's and joan's b.tom's and joan

c.tom and joan's d. tom and joan.

87.when he got back, he was surprised to find _______broken.

a.the room window b. the room's window

c.the room of the window d.the window of the room.

88. this is ________reading-room.

a. the teacher's b.teacher's c. the teachers' d.teachers'

89.his work is better than ________.

a.anyone b.anyone else c.anyone's else d.anyone else's

90.do call them __________.

a.apple's trees b.apples' trees c.apples trees d.apple trees

keys to the nouns.

1----10. bbccb ddaad 11----20. dcdab acbcb

21----30. dccdb ddcab 31----40.badcd bcdcd

41----50. cbdbb dbcdd 51----60. dabcb ccaab

61----70.cabba cabcd 71----80. bbddd bbdcd

81----90. bccdb cdcdd

责任编辑：李芳芳

篇14：情态动词的特殊用法 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

情态动词的特殊用法

情态动词的特殊用法是历年高考的考查热点。下面我们以实例进行解析，帮助同学们更好地掌握该内容。

1. _____ fired, your health care and other benefits will not be immediately cut off.

a. would you be b. should you be

c. could you be d. might you be

解析：答案为b。should you be fired = if you should be fired。英语中should是一个常用的情态动词，但它可用于条件状语从句中，表示语气较强的假设，意为“万一，竟然”。

2. -what’s the name?

-khulaifi. _____ i spell that for you?

a. shall b. would c. can d. might

解析：答案为a。shall i/we . . . ? 是用来表示征求对方意见或建议的常用句型，它不表示将来。注意：shall的这一用法也适用于第三人称的疑问句中。例如：shall he come to see you?（要不要他来看你?）

3. john, look at the time. _____ you play the piano at such a late hour?

a. must b. can c. may d. need

解析：答案为a。此题考查must的特殊用法。这里must表示与说话人相反的愿望或语气不耐烦，意为“偏偏，偏要”。注意：近几年must表示“偏偏，偏要”这一用法已成为高考的一个热点。

4. -must i turn off the gas after cooking?

-of course. you can never be _____ careful with that.

a. enough b. too c. so d. very

解析：答案为b。can/could not（never） . . . too是一个固定搭配，意为“无论……也不过分，越……越好”。

5. some aspects of a pilot’s job _____ be boring, and pilots often _____ work at inconvenient hours.

a. can；have to b. may；can

c. have to；may d. ought to；must

解析：答案为a。考查can表示一时的可能性、偶尔发生的事情，意为“有时会”。这个考点在近几年高考中备受青睐。第二空表示“不得不”。

6. -when can i come for the photos? i need them tomorrow afternoon.

-they _____ be ready by 12:00.

a. can b. should c. might d. need

解析：答案为b。should可用于肯定句中，表示说话人较为婉转的推测，并留有余地，具有“可能；该”之意。

7. when he was there, he _____ go to that coffee shop at the corner after work every day.

a. would b. should c. had better d. might

解析：答案为a。would此处表示过去反复发生的动作或行为，意为“总是，习惯于”。

8. -excuse me, but i want to use your computer to type a report.

-you _____ have my computer if you don’t take care of it.

a. shan’t b. might not

c. needn’t d. shouldn’t

解析：答案为a。在表达“许诺、警告、意图、命令、决心”等，且主语为第二、第三人称时，须用情态动词shall。

9. you can’t imagine that a well-behaved gentleman _____ be so rude to a lady.

a. might b. need c. should d. would

解析：答案为c。should可用在表示惊奇、怀疑、不满等语气的名词性从句中，意为“竟然、竟会”。这一点也是近年高考的热点。

10. many people agree that _____ knowledge of english is a must in _____ international trade today.

a. a；不填 b. the；an c. the；the d.不填；the

解析：答案为a。句中的must为名词，意为“必需的物品、不可缺少的东西”。如果同学们对must作名词的用法掌握较好，则非常有助于对该题的理解与解答。

11. how _____ you say that you really understand the whole story if you have covered only part of the article?

a. can b. must c. need d. may

解析：答案为a。can可用在疑问句、否定句中，表示说话者对那人所说的“只看了文章的一部分，就知道整个故事”感到怀疑和惊讶。

12. the fire spread through the hotel quickly but everyone _____ get out.

a. had to b. would

c. was able to d. could

解析：答案为c。was/were able to表示经过努力而成功地做成某事，相当于managed to do/succeeded in doing；而could只表示过去具备某种能力。

13. there’s no light on - they ____ be at home.

a. can’t b. mustn’t c. needn’t d. shouldn’t

解析：答案为a。该题考查情态动词表推测。情态动词表推测时，must用于肯定句,can用于否定和疑问句。

14. tom, you _____ leave all your clothes on the floor like this!

a. wouldn’t b. mustn’t c. needn’t d. may not

解析：答案为b。此处mustn’t表示强烈的否定，意为“千万别，一定不要”。

15. _____ we never forget each other.

a. may b. can c. must d. should

解析：答案为a。此处may用于祈使句中，表示祝愿。整句意为“愿我们彼此永不相忘。”又如：may you return in safety. （愿你平安归来。）

练习：

1. mr. bush is on time for everything. how _____ it be that he was late for opening ceremony?

a. can b. should c. may d. must

2. naturally, after i told her what to do, my daughter _____ go and do the opposite!

a. may b. can c. must d. should

3. it has been announced that candidates _______ remain in their seats until all the papers have been collected.

a. can b. will c. may d. shall

4. “the interest ___________ be divided into five parts, according to the agreement made by both sides,” declared the judge.

a. may b. should c. must d. shall

5. you can’t imagine that a top student ______ have failed in the college entrance examination.

a. might b. need c. should d. would

6. football, as is known to the world, _______ be exciting and inviting.

a. should b. might c. can d. will

7. -_____ he open the door?

-yes, please.

a. shall b. will c. can d. would

8. the world wide web is sometimes jokingly called the world wide wait because it _____ be very slow.

a. should b. must c. will d. can

9. -isn’t that ann’s husband over there?

-no, it ______ be him-i’m sure he doesn’t wear glasses.

a. can’t b. must not c. won’t d. may not

10. it’s nearly seven o’clock. jack _____ be here at any moment.

a. must b. need c. should d. can

11. what should we do if it _____ tomorrow?

a. should snow b. would snow c. snow d. will snow

12. you _____ use my bike on condition that you give it to me before i leave here.

a. should b. must c. ought to d. shall

（keys: 1. a 2. c 3. d 4. d 5. c 6. c 7. a 8. d 9. a 10. c 11. a 12. d）

责任编辑：李芳芳

篇15：过去分词作宾补用法 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

过去分词作宾补用法归纳

英语中过去分词可作宾补，（此时的过去分词一般是及物动词）表被动意义或完成意义，有时两者兼而有之。做宾补的过去分词与宾语有逻辑上的动宾关系，即宾语是过去分词动作的对象。如：

she found the door broken in when she came back.(宾补与宾语有被动的关系，表一种状态。)

一． 过去分词用在表状态的动词keep,leave等的后面。

eg:they kept the door locked for a long time.

keep your mouth shut and your eyes open.(谚语：少说多看）

don't leave such an important thing undone.

don't leave the windows broken like this all the time.

二．过分词用在get,have,make, 的后面。

1.注意“have 宾语 过去分词”的两种情况：

a）表”让某人做某事/让某事（被人）做“

eg: i have had my bike repaired.

the villagers had many trees planted just then.

b)表”遭遇到某种不幸，受到打击/受....影响，蒙受..... 损失“

eg:i had my wallet stolen on a bus last month.

the old man had his leg broken in the accident.

he had his leg broken in the match yesterday.(met1986)

2.”make 宾语 过去分词“,在这种结构中，过去分词的动词必须是表示结果含义的。如：

they managed to make themselves understood in very simple english.

i raised my voice to make myself heard.

三、过去分词用在感观动词watch,notice,see,hear,listen to ,feel,find等后面。如

when we got to school,we saw the door locked.

we can hear the windows beaten by the heavy rain drops.

he felt himself cheated.

the managers discussed the plan that they would like to see carried out the next year.(nmet)

四、过去分词用在want,wish,like ,expect等表示“希望，愿望”这一类动词后面做宾补。如

the boss wouldn't like the problem discussed at the moment.

i would like my house painted white.

i want the suit made to his own measure.

i wish the problem settled.

五、过去分词用在“with 宾语＋宾补”这一结构中，过去分词与宾语之间是动宾关系。如：

the thief was brought in with his hands tied behind his back.

with many brightly-coloured flowers planted around the building ,his house looks like a beautiful garden.

with everything well arranged,he left the office.

六、过去分词、现在分词、和不定式作宾补的区别。

现在分词作宾补：宾语和补语之间是主谓关系。其动作与谓语动作同时进行。

过去分词作宾补：宾语和补语之间是动宾关系。其动作先于谓语动作。

不定式作宾补： 表一个完成的动作、或表一个很短时间内看到、听到或感觉到的具体动作。

eg:he didn't notice me waiting.

i heard the song sung in english.

i saw him opening the window.

i saw the window opened.

i saw him open the window.

i heard her sing the song in english.

专项训练1：

1.___ poor at english, i'm afraid i can't make myself ___.

a.to be;understand b.i'm ;to understand c.being ;understanding d.being;understood

2.i have had my bike ___ ,and i'm going to have somebody ___ my radio tomorrow.

a.repair;to repair b.repairing;to be repaired c.repaired;repair d.to repair;repairing

3.you must get the work ___ before friday.

a.do b.to do c.doing d.done

4.___ the room,the nurse found the tape-recorder ___.

a.entering;stealing b.entering;gone c.to have entered; being stolen d.having entered;to be stolen

5.we are pleased to see the problem ___ so quickly.

a.settled b.having been settled c.be settled d.settling

6.mrs. brown was much disappointed to see the washing machine she had had ____ went wrong again.(上海）

a.it b.it repaired c.repaired d.to be repaired

7.it is wise to have some money ___ for old age.(nmet)

a.put away b.keep up c.give away d.laid up (put away 放好, 储存...备用, 处理掉, 放弃, 抛弃)

8.i don't want the children ___ out in such weather.

a.take b.to take c.taken d.taking

9.i'm afraid that i can't make myself ___ be cause of my poor english.

a.understand b.understanding c.to understand d.understood

10.the murderer was brought in, with his hands ___ behind his back.

a.being tied b.having tied c.to be tied d.tied (表动作完成）

专项训练2：

1.we found her greatly ___.

a.improving b.changed c.to help d.having disturbed

2.jane got her bad tooth ___ at the dentist's.

a.to put in b.pulled out c.pushed out d.drawing out

3.when ____ ,the museum will be open to the public next year.(上海)

a.completed b.completing c.being completed d.to be completed

4.with a lot of difficulties ___ ,they went to the seashore and had a good rest.

a.settled b.settling c.to settle d.being settled

5.the research is so designed that once ___ nothing can be done to change it.(nmet2002)

a.begins b.having begun c.beginning d.begun( once begun 在句中作状语，begin为及物动词:“着手”）

6.___ ,they went home,___.

a.their work had been finished;singing and laughing

b.they had finished their work;sang and laughed

c.their work finished ;singing and laughing

d.after their work finished;singing and laughing

7.before he came to london,he had never heard a single english word ___

a.speaking b.speak c.spoken d.to speak

8.____ more attention,the trees could have grown better.

a.given b.to give c.giving d.having given

9.___ from space,the earth with water ___70％ of its surface looks like a ”blue blanket\".

a.seen ;covered b.being seen;covers c.seeing;covering d.seen;covering

10.____,the experiment will be successful.

a.if carefully doing b.if it done carefully c.if carefully done d.if doing carefully

11.the girl wrote a composition without ___.

a.ask b.asking c.being asked d.to be asked

12.he finished his homework and then went on ___me.

a.helping b.with help c.with helping d.to help

13.___where to go ,he asked a policeman.

a.having lost his way and not knowing

b.losing his way and didn't know

c.having lost his way and didn't know

d.lost his way and didn't know

14.____ her friend was badly hurt,she burst into tears.

a.hearing b.having heard c.to hear d.heard

15.____ his team had won, his face lit up at once.

a.knowing b.when knowing c.after knowing d.when he knew

专项训练3：

1.they hurried back home only to find their house ___ into.

a.break b.to break c.broken d.breaking

2.when he came to,he found himself ___ on a chair, with his hands ___ back.

a.to sit;tied b.sitting;tying c.sat;tied d.sitting;tied

3.we do not feel ___ to enter modern buildings;everything about them seems unfriendly.

a.invited b.inviting c.to invite d.to be invited

(feel后加形容词，此处的invited 表主语we 的感受)

4.i'm going to have my letters ____ tomorrow if i've got them ready by then.

a.to type b.type c.typed d.typing

5.every great culture in the past had its own ideas of beauty ___ in art and literature.

a.expressed b.to express c.being expressed d.to be expressed

答案：

专项训练1：1-10 dcdba cacdd

专项训练2：:1-15 bbaad ddadc cddad

专项训练3：:1-5 cdaca

责任编辑：李芳芳

篇16：be＋不定式的两大用法 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

be＋不定式的两大用法

be＋不定式结构，如 i am to go，是很重要的用法。它可以用于以下几个方面：

1 传达命令或指示：

no one is to leave this building without the permission of the police．

未经警方人员的允许，任何人不得擅自离开这所房子。（没有人能离开）

he is to stay here till we return．

在我们回来之前他必须呆在这里。（他必须留下）

给出指示的这种语气比较超然，因而主要用于第三人称。与第二人称you连用时，它常常暗示说话人把别人所发出的指示传达给对方。请看以下两个句子：

（a） stay here， tom．

留在这里，汤姆。

（b）you are to stay here， tom．

汤姆，要你留在这里。

它们之间的区别在于：（a）句中是说话人要汤姆留在这里，而在（b）句中他只是把另一个人的要求转达给汤姆。

在间接引语中自然就没有这种区别。be 不定式结构是可以用来表达间接命令的一种形式，尤其是在引导动词为现在时的情况下：

he says，‘wait till i come．’

他说：“等到我来为止。”相当于：

he says that we are to wait till he comes．

他说我们得等到他来为止。

祈使句前面有一个从句时，也可以用这种形式：

he said，‘if i fall asleep at the wheel wake me up．’

他说，“如果我开车时打瞌睡，就把我叫醒。”

he said that if he fell asleep at the wheel she was to wake him up．

他说，如果他在开车时打瞌睡，她必须把他叫醒。

这种形式还用来把征询指示的请求变为间接引语：

‘where shall i put it，sir？’he asked．

“先生，我把它放在什么地方？”他问道。相当于：

he asked where he was to put it．

他问他该把它放在哪里。

2 表达一种计划安排：

she is to be married next month．

她预定在下个月结婚。

the expedition is to start in a week’s time．

探险队预定在一周后出发。

这种结构常用于新闻报导：

the prime minister is to make a statement tomorrow．

首相将在明天发表声明。

在新闻标题中，be常被省略：

prime minister to make statement tomorrow．

（译文同上。）

过去时：

he was to go．

当时他是预定去的。（不定式的一般式）

he was to have gone．

他本来是预定要去。（不定式的完成式）

第一句并没有告诉我们计划是否执行了，第二句则用来表示一个未实现的计划。又如：

the lord mayor was to have laid the foundation stone but he was taken ill last night so the lady mayoress is doing it instead．

市长大人原订要来行奠基礼，可他昨天晚间病了，所以市长夫人替他代行。

b was／were 不定式结构可用来表达一种“命运”的意念：

he received a blow on the head． it didn’t worry him at the time but it was to be very troublesome later．

他的头上挨了一下子。他当时不感到怎么样，但是这事后来竟变得很麻烦。（结果是很／证明麻烦的）

they said goodbye，little knowing that they were never to meet again．他们相互道别，根本没有想到竟再也不能相见了。（命运注定不再相见）

c be about 不定式结构表示即将发生的动作：

they are about to start．

他们就要出发了。（他们正准备开门。）

加上副词just能使将来更加具有即时感：

they are just about to leave．

他们马上就要离开了。

这个句式同样也可以用于过去时：

he was just about to dive when he saw the shark．

他当时正待扎进水里，却看到了鲨鱼。

be on the point of 动名词与 be about 不定式意思相同，但比后者动作还要快一点。

责任编辑：李芳芳

篇17：时态 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

时态

一、目标

本章要求学生掌握中学阶段常用的八种时态, 即：一般现在时, 一般过去时, 一般将来时, 现在进行时, 现在完成时, 过去完成时, 过去进行时, 过去将来时。

要求掌握时态的意义、各种时态的动词形式、与各种时态连用的时间状语以及一些时态的特殊意义。

二、重点及难点

八种时态的意义；现在完成时与一般过去时的区别；点性动词与线性动词；时态一致性。

三、方法

1．do you know something about “tense”?

你知道“时态”是什么吗？

2．you are right. for example：

i'm working.我正在工作。

i worked yesterday.我昨天工作。

i will work.我将要工作。

how many tenses have you learned ?

你们学了几种时态？

3．now let's have a discussion on every tense.

现在咱们分别讨论每个时态。

i think the present indefinite tense is the easiest tense of all． do you know what it means ?

我想一般现在时是所有时态中最容易的, 你知道它的含义吗？

4．what's the form of the verb ?

谓语动词形式是什么样的？

5．very good ! do you know how to use “am, is, are”?

here's a saying:

（i）我用 am（you）你用 are, is连着他、她、它。单数名词用is, 复数名词全用are。

can you learn it by heart ?

你知道行为动词第三人称怎么变化吗？

6．do you know what sound“s” or“es” makes ?

你知道“s”或“es”怎么发音吗？

你应当记住“清-清, 浊-浊, 元-浊”。现在我解释一下：

清-清 即：“s”或“es”之前的音素如 果是清辅音的话, “s”或“es”读作［k］（清）。

浊-浊 指“s”或“es”之前的音素如果是浊辅音的话, 则“s”或“es”读作［l］（浊）。

元-浊 如果“s”“es”之前是元音音素, 则它读作［l］（浊）。

你能想出几个例子吗？

7．一般现在时表示经常性动作或状态外, 常与什么副词连用呢？

8．一般现在时除表示经常性动作或状态外, 还有其他用法。它能表示将来时, 但它是有条件的, 这个条件有两种情况：a．是在条件状语从句中, 如果主句是一般将来时或一般现在时。b．是表示计划、打算、有规律动作。你能想出几个例子吗？

9．i think you have known something about the present indefinite tense. but i have one more point to tell you.

that is：sometimes the present indefinite tense is used in the object clause when the past indefinte tense is used in the main sentence, can you show me an example？

10．so much for the present indefinite tense. let's come to the present continuous tense. do you know the form of the verb when it is used as the present continuous tense？

11．you are right. then what kind of adverbial is used？

那么用什么状语呢？

12．现在进行时有一个特殊的意义, 它可以表示将来发生的动作。但是这些动词必须是表示位置移动的单词。例如：go, come, start, leave 等。 would you please give me two sentences？

13．very good. now shall we talk about the future indefinite tense？this kind of tense refers to an action that is going to happen in the future. would you please say more？

14．一般将来时除去will do结构外, 还有其他结构, 也可表示将来时, 但注意这些结构有其他意义在里边。如： be going to do…表示动作将要发生, 表示主观打算。

be to do表示安排、计划好的动作, 表示命令、可能等意义。

be about to do…表示眼下即将发生……

can you make some sentences？

15．the past indefinite tense expresses an action happened in the past. it's usually used with the adverbials such as yesterday, last month（ year, week）, the day before yesterday, … ago, in 1968 etc.它的谓语动词形式是什么样的呢？

16．now let's come to the present perfect tense. in this tense, the action also happened in the past, but the action has something to do with“now”.

现在完成时动作发生在过去, 但它对现在有影响。谓语动词的形式为have done, done代表过去分词。have还有一种变化, 即has。has用于第三人称单数, 其他人称用have, 请你给出几个现在完成时的句子。

17．请你根据刚才的句子, 归纳一下现在完成时有几种含义？

18．现在完成时的这两种含义非常重要, 要认真领会。这里引出了两个概念：延续性动词与非延续性动词。即：点性动词与线性动词。所谓点性动词就是不能延续的动词；线性动词就是可以延续的动词。延续性动词用于现在完成时的第二种用法, 点性动词用于第一种用法。

19．点点结合, 线线结合是完成时中一个重要原则, 这个问题往往是学生容易出错的地方。请把下列句子的错误改正过来：

a．he has come for 3 hours.

b．the girl has waited since two years.

c．the old man has died for ten years.

d．i have bought the book for two months.

20．那么，在英语中，同一种意思，既有点性动词，又有线性动词的实例很多。now would you please show the continuous verbs of the following ?

a．join the army

b．join the party

c．come back

d．borrow a book

e．buy a book

f． leave

g．go out

h．die

i．open

j．begin

k． arrive

21．在完成时的句子中, 同一种意思可以有几种英语表达方法。如：

我入团已经5年了。有以下几种表达方式：

a．i have been a league member for 5 years.

b．it's five years since i joined the league.

i joined the league 5 years ago.

i have been a league member since 5 years ago.

now i give you some sentences and please try to express the same meaning in other ways.

a．he has been here for 2 hours.

b．they've been away since 1960.

c．the film has been on for one hour.

22．now let's do some other exercises. fill in the blanks with the proper forms of verbs.

a．i ____ （lose）my pen.

she ____ （ lose） her pen yesterday.

b．i ____ （be）to the agricultural exhibition.

i ____ （go） to the agricultural exhibition last week.

c．the car ____ （stop）.

the car ____ （stop） just now.

d．a： ____ you ____ your lunch ?

b：yes, i ____ .

a：when ____ you ____ it ?

b：i ____ it about half an hour ago.

23．now let me say something about “have been to” and“have gone to”.

have been to 意思是“去过”。

have gone to 意思是“去了”。

请翻译下列各句：

a．我去海南四次了。

b．他已经去南方了。

c．你去过东京吗？

d．小李已经去办公室了。

你可以去那儿找他。

e．你去哪儿了？

f．他去哪儿了？

24．通过练习，对现在完成时和过去时有了足够的认识, 你能说出它们的异同点吗？

25．very good !here's a drawing to show the difference between the present perfect tense and the past indefinite tense.

e．g．he was a student in the past.

e．g． he has been a student for 2 years.

26．现在来谈谈对比时态问题。所谓对比时态是指两个动作同时存在, 但有时间前后。这样的时态有过去将来时、过去完成时。

27．过去完成时也可跟另一个时间进行对比, 含义仍然是到过去某个时间为止, 如它与 by the end of…, by the time when…

例如：

a．they had completed the program by the end of the last year.

b．the train had left by the time when we arrived at the station.

28．you are right. the present continuous tense expresses an action happening at a present moment or during a present period of time, while the past continuous tense refers to the past.

e．g．my daughter was reviewing her lessons at eight last night.

what were you doing while i was watching tv ?

students

1．i think“tense” is a certain form of a verb. it changes according to the time of the action.

我想“时态”是动词的某种形式, 它随动作的时间而发生变化。

2．we have learned eight tenses. they are： the present indefinite tense, the past indefinite tense, the future indefinite tense, the present continuous tense, the present perfect tense, the past continuous tense, the past perfect tense and the future-in-the-past indefinite tense.

我们学习了：一般现在时、一般过去时、一般将来时、现在进行时、过去进行时、现在完成时、过去完成时和过去将来时。

3．一般现在时表示经常性动作或状态、过去、现在以及将来一直进行的动作或存在的状态。

4．一般现在时, 谓语动词要随主语人称而变化。be动词有三种变化形式, 即am, is, are；行为动词有两种变化形式, 即：原形和第三人称单数。

5．行为动词第三人称有以下几种变化形式：

a．动词后面直接加“s”, 如works, plays, learns。

b．以［k］［cm］, ［dn］,［m］,［l］ 结尾的单词, 词尾加“es”, 如果词尾有“e”, 则只加“s”, 如：misses, finishes, teaches, loses。

c．如词尾以辅音字母 y结尾, 应变y为“i”, 再加“es”, 如： flies, carries。

d．特殊情况：go和do词尾加“es”。

6．啊！我明白了, 像 works, 由于 s之前是k, 读作［e］, 是清辅音, 所以s读作［k］；又如：learns s之前是浊辅音［q］, 所以它读作浊辅音［l］； plays s之前由于是ay字母组合, 读作元音音素［-!］, 所以s读作［l］这叫做“元-浊”。

7．与一般现在时连用的时间状语有：often, usually, sometimes, always, seldom, twice a week, every day…

8． a．if it is fine tomorrow, i will go out for a picnic.

（条件状语从句中一般现在时表示将来）

b．when they leave school, they will go back to the factory.（时间状语从句一般现在时表示将来）

c．the train starts at ten o'clock in the morning.

（计划, 有规律的动作表示将来）

9．yes, i can. here's a sentence.

the teacher said that the sun rises in the east. here“rises”is the present indefinite tense. this tense is used because it happens regularly.

因为动作是有规律地发生。

10．the form of the verb is“be doing”, and“be”can be changeable.

for example：am, is, are. i think the present continuous tense expresses an action happening at present time or during present period of time.

for example：

he is reading a book now.

we are learning bookⅱthis week.

11．现在进行时与 now, at the present, this year（week, month）等时间状语连用。

12．

a．he is coming to see me tomorrow.

明天他要来看我。

b．they are leaving shanghai for beijing.他们要离开上海去北京。

13．ok ! the future indefinite tense is connected with the future time, such as, tomorrow, next week（year, month）, the day after tomorrow, from now on, in a month （year） etc.

它的动词结构是will do 有时第一人称单复数用shall do。

14．yes, i can.

a．we are going to help the farmers on the red star farm.

我们打算去红星农场帮助农民们。

b．the boys are to go to school next week.

这些男孩们下周要上学了。

c．we are about to leave, so there is no time to visit him now.

我们就要离开了, 所以现在没有时间去看他了。

15．一般过去时, 谓语动词的形式应该用过去时。即：原形动词后加ed, 还有一些特殊形式的动词。如：go----went, see----saw, do----did, read----read, give----gave, sit----sat。

我想特殊动词要特殊记忆。

16．我清楚了, 现在完成时谓语动词形式have done, 可以这样理解：have是“变量”；done是“常量”。

a．we have cleaned the room now.

我们现在已经打扫了房间。

b．he has cleaned the room now.

他现在已经打扫了房间。

c．they have been here for 3 hours.

他们在这儿呆了3个小时了。

d．the professor has worked in this university since 1969．

教授自从1969年就在这所大学里工作。

17．我想有两种含义：

一种是动作发生在过去, 动作不延续, 但对现在有结果和影响。如句子a、b表示打扫房间的动作发生在过去, 但强调的是现在房间已经干净了。

另一种是动作从过去开始一直延续到现在, 对现在有结果和影响, 如句子c、d。

18．点性动词应当与点性时间状语连用, 线性动词与线性时间状语连用。点性时间状语有：now, today, already, just, before, never, ever, always, yet等, 线性时间状语有for…, since…等。

19．a句中应当把come改为 been here, come为点性动词, for为线性时间状语。

b句有两种改法，一是将since改为for, 意思是“已经等了两年了”。另一种是在two years之后加ago, 意思是“自从两年前就开始等, 一直等到现在。”

c句将 died改为 been dead, 因为 for ten years是线性时间状语, die为点性动词, 不能延续, 而 be dead是线性动词, 可与 for短语连用。

d．将 bought改为 kept或 had。 buy为点性动词, have（keep）为线性动词。

20．let me have a try．

join the army----serve in the army

join the party----be a party member

come back----be back

borrow a book----keep a book

buy a book----have a book

leave----be away

go out----be out

die----be dead

open----be open

begin----be on

arrive----be here

a．he has been here since two hours ago.

it's two hours since he came.

he came here two hours ago.

b．they went away in 1960.

they have been away for 40 years.

it's 40 years since they went away.

c．the film began an hour ago.

it's one hour since the film began.

the film has been on since one hour ago.

21．a．he has been here since two hours ago.

it's two hours since he came.

he came here two hours ago.

b．they went away in 1960.

they have been away for 40 years.

it's 40 years since they went away.

c．the film began an hour ago.

it's one hour since the film began.

the film has been on since an hour ago.

22．

a．have lost； lost

b．have been； went

c．has stopped； stopped

d．have… had

have

did… have

had

23．

a．i have been to hainan four times.

b．he has gone to the south.

c．have you ever been to tokyo ?

d．xiao li has been to his office. you can find him there.

e．where have you been ?

f． where has he gone ?

24．在我看来，它们的相同之处是动作都发生在过去，它们的不同点是现在完成时的动作对现在有影响，而过去时对现在没有影响。

25．图a表示动作发生在过去，处于静止状态, 而图b表示动作发生在过去，但它指向现在，对现在有结果和影响，最后强调的是现在。

26．当主句动作发生在过去，从句动作发生在它之后，这时从句谓语用过去将来时。如：

i said that i would go to that island.

“said”在前，相对它来讲，would go在后。

可当一个动作发生在过去而另一个动作发生在它之前, 那么这个动作则要用过去完成时。如：

i said that i had finished the composition.

said发生在过去, had finished在它之前发生, 称之为过去的过去。

27．现在我明白啦！过去完成时和过去将来时只有在与另一个过去的动作进行对比的情况下才能存在。所以把这两种时态叫对比时态。

老师，我有一个问题，过去进行时是指过去某一时刻或过去某一段时间正在进行的动作吗？

四、精选题

选择填空：

1．----can i join your club, dad？ [ ]

----you can when you ____ a bit older.（'94）

a．get b．will get

c．are getting d．will have got

2．----i'm sorry to keep you waiting.（'94） [ ]

----oh, not at all. i ____ here only a few minutes.

a．have been b．had been

c．was d．will be

3．i don't really work here；i ____ until the new secretary arrives.（'94） [ ]

a．just help out

b．have just helped out

c．am just helping out

d．will just help out

4．i need one more stamp before my collection ____ . [ ]

a．has completed

b．completes

c．has been completed

d．is completed

5．i first met lisa three years ago．she ____ at a radio shop at the time.（'97） [ ]

a．has worked

b．was working

c．had been working

d．had worked

6．----is this raincoat yours？ [ ]

----no, mine ____ there behind the door.（'97）

a．is hanging b．has hung

c．hangs d．hung

7．----nancy is not coming tonight. [ ]

----but she ____ ！（'98）

a．has written b．wrote

c．had written d．was writing

8．shirley ____ a book about china last year but i don't know whether she has finished it.（'98） [ ]

a．has written b．wrote

c．had written d．was writing

9．----hi, tracy, you look tired. [ ]

----i am tired. i ____ the living room all day.（'98）

a．painted

b．had painted

c．have been painting

d．have painted

10． the price ____ , but i doubt whether it will remain so.（'99） [ ]

a．went down

b．will go down

c．has gone down

d．was going down

11．----bob has gone to california. i hear. [ ]

----oh. i wonder when he ____ .（'96海淀）

a．has left b．leaves

c．left d．was leaving

12．----have you got your test result ? [ ]

----not yet. the papers ____ .（'96海淀）

a．are not correcting

b．have not corrected

c．are still being corrected

d．have already been corrected

13．----why weren't you at the meeting ? [ ]

----i ____ for a long----distance call from my father in australia.（'99西城）

a．waited b．was waiting

c．had waited d．have been waited

14．the telephone ____ four times in the last hour, and each time it ____ for my roommate.（'99西城） [ ]

a．has rung; was

b．has been ringing; is

c．had rung; was

d．rang; has been

15． two million tons of oil ____ exploited in this area that year.（'99西城） [ ]

a．was b．has been

c．were d．have been

16．----what time ____ tom tomorrow？ [ ]

----at 3：00 p．m．（'99西城）

a．do you meet

b．will you meet

c．would you meet

d．are you meeting

17． that was not a good place to go skating. you ____ your leg. [ ]

a．can break

b．could break

c．could have broken

d．could have been broken

18．---- ____ the sports meet might be put off. [ ]

----yes, it all depends on the weather.

a．i've been told

b．i've told

c．i'm told

d．i told

19．----your phone number again？ i ____ quite catch it. [ ]

----it's 9568442．

a．didn't b．couldn't

c．don't d．can't

20． as she ____ the newspaper, granny ____ asleep. [ ]

a．read; was falling

b．was reading; fell

c．was reading; was falling

d．read; fell

21．i don't think jim saw me; he ____ into space. [ ]

a．just stared

b．was just staring

c．has just stared

d．had just stared

22．----who is jerry cooper？ [ ]

---- ____ ? i saw gou shaking hands with him at the meeting.

a．don't you meet him yet

b．hadn't you met him yet

c．didn't you meet him yet

d．haven't you met him yet

用所给动词的正确形式填空：

1． i'm afraid i can't get in all the wheat within such a short time unless you ____ to help me tomorrow.（come）

2． they left for beijing last week and we ____ then so far.（not hear）

3．when we reached the airport, we were surprised to find that uncle's plane ____ . （land）

4．i ____ he had finished his work.（think）

5．we ____ the problem for quite some time, but we any conclusion yet.（discuss, not reach）

6．he said this book would be published if the writer ____ .（agree）

7．john works very hard. in fact, i think he ____ right now.（study）

8．the little boy didn't see me, he ____ a golden fish in a basin.（watch）

9．i have to make a quick phone call. can you wait a few moments ? it ____ long.（not take）

10．they ____ themselves on the beach when the train ____ .（enjoy, come）

答案：

选择填空：

1～5 aacdb 6～10 abdcc 11～15 ccbac

16～20 bbaab 21～22 bd

用所给动词的正确形式填空：

1．come 主句用将来时, 从句用一般现在时表示将来。

2．haven't heard so far与现在完成时连用。

3．had landed 在 reached之前发生, 故用过去完成时。

4．thought

5．have been discussing, haven't reached 讨论从过去开始一直到现在, 但是到目前仍没有结论。

6．agreed 主句是过去时, 从句动作受它影响。

7． is studying

8．was watching 没有看到我, 那时正观看金鱼。

9．won't take

10．were enjoying, came

责任编辑：李芳芳

篇18：it 句型 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)

it 句型归纳

1． it is ＋adj．(＋for sb．／sth．) ＋ to do sth．

用于此句型的形容词有：easy， hard， difficult，possible，

important， impossible， necessary， good， bad， exciting，

interesting， surprising等。如：

it is necessary to change your job．

it was very hard for them to walk such a long way in

the snow．

2． it is ＋n．(＋for sb．／sth．) ＋ to do sth．

用于此句型的名词有： pity, shame, pleasure, one’s duty, one’s

job, fun, joy, good manners, bad manners等。如：

it is a pity for you to have missed such a wonderful

play．

it is bad manners for the young to take up the seats

for the old．

3． it is ＋adj．＋of sb．＋to do sth．

此句型中的形容词主要描述某人的品德、特征。能用于该句型的形容词有：

kind, nice, wise,

silly, polite, impolite, friendly, foolish, clever等。如：

how silly it was of you to give up such a good

chance！

it is friendly of the family to try to make me feel

at home in their house．

4． it is ＋adj．（＋n．）＋doing sth．

此句型中的形容词和名词常见的有：no／little use, no／much good,

useless等。如：

it’s no use crying over spilt milk．

5．it takes sb．＋一段时间＋to do sth． 表示“做某事花费某人多长时间”。如：

it took us half an hour to ride to the town by the

sea．

6．it is ＋及物动词的过去分词＋that从句

此句型中常见的及物动词的过去分词有：said, told, known, reported,

recorded, thought, believed, considered等。如：

it is reported that the russian president will visit

china next week．

7．it ＋不及物动词＋that从句

此句型中不及物动词常见的有：seem， happen， appear， matter等。如：

it seems that there will be a heavy snow tomorrow．

it happened that i met my good friends in the museum

yesterday．

8．强调句型：it is＋被强调部分＋that／who从句

在使用强调句型时要注意，指人时可以用who或that，其它情况一律用that。如：

it was under the bed that my brother hid the ball

this morning．

it is mr bell who／that often comes and looks after

the old man．

9．it is／has been＋一段时间＋since从句。如：

it is ／has been three years since we saw each other

last．

10．it is (high) time that sb． did sth．

该句型表示“某人现在该做某事了”，从句常用过去时（虚拟语气）

说明现在应该做的事情。如：

it’s six o’clock．it is high time that we went home

now．

责任编辑：李芳芳